IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. User s Guide. Version SC

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. User s Guide. Version SC"

Transcription

1 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino User s Guide Version SC

2

3 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino User s Guide Version SC

4 Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Appendix E, Notices on page 311. First Edition (September 2002) This edition applies to ersion of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions. Copyright International Business Machines Corporation All rights resered. US Goernment Users Restricted Rights Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.

5 Contents Figures ii Tables ix About this guide xi Who should read this guide xi What this guide contains xi Publications xii IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration library xii Related publications xiii Accessing softcopy publications xi Using the guide online xi Viewing online help x Ordering publications x Proiding feedback about publications.... x Accessibility x Contacting Customer Support x Conentions used in this guide xi Typeface conentions xi Tioli command syntax xi Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Tioli administrators Authorization roles Endpoints User interface options Management Console Understanding IBM Tioli Monitoring Chapter 2. Getting started quick-reference guide for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Starting the Tioli enironment Starting the Management Console Setting authorization roles Managing policy regions Managing resource types Subscribing to notice groups Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console Deleting a Domino Serer object Chapter 4. Working with resource models Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring Suggested guidelines for setting up your resource models Creating profile managers and profiles Subscribing resources to profile managers Adding a default resource model to a profile Adding a custom resource model to a profile Customizing indications Specifying tasks for an indication Sending a notice when an eent occurs Customizing parameters Customizing a schedule for a resource model Customizing data logging information Managing profiles and resource models at endpoints 98 Managing IBM Tioli Monitoring gateways Determining which resource models hae been distributed to endpoints Determining which resource models are running on endpoints Distributing a profile from the desktop Distributing profiles using MDist Rerunning a failed distribution Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers Checking serer status Controlling a serer Controlling resource models for serers Running Domino tasks Viewing serer properties Editing serer properties Viewing Domino statistics Entering a Domino remote console command Checking serer health Viewing and searching log files Checking for database corruption Verifying mail files and checking Mail Waiting Viewing replication information Checking for inactie users Viewing and changing the Access Control List (ACL) Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations Authorization Roles for Domino Performance Stations Planning and implementation System design guidelines Hardware, software, and network guidelines 150 Guidelines for creating Domino Performance Stations Probe Characteristics Copyright IBM Corp iii

6 Configuring a Domino Performance Station Configuring probes for a station Configuring a resource model to monitor probes 158 Deleting a Domino Performance Station Controlling a station Controlling resource models for stations Deleting probes Resetting probes Running a probe one time Checking probe status Checking the integrity of a performance station 169 Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs Running tasks Customizing a task Creating jobs Running jobs Scheduling jobs Chapter 8. Working with health data 191 Understanding Resource Health Connecting the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console Management Console Checking the health of resources as real-time data 193 Customizing data iews and setting preferences 196 Saing, exporting, and printing data and reports 203 Viewing historical data Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation Oeriew of the Tioli Enterprise Console Configuring remote eent correlation for this product Configuring local eent correlation for this product 212 Customizing the Eents4 Profile for local eent correlation Controlling the local rule engine Viewing eents Lists of eent classes Chapter 10. Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager Understanding Tioli Business Systems Manager 225 Prerequisites Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager 226 Discoering resources for Tioli Business Systems Manager Objectie Background information Required authorization role Before you begin When you finish Procedure Configuring the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer Objectie Background information Required authorization role Before you begin When you finish Procedure Working with Tioli Business Systems Manager 229 Uninstalling IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration from Tioli Business Systems Manager Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Oeriew of Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Control serer Central data warehouse Data marts Report interface Working with users and user groups About users and user groups The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse authorization roles Accessing the IBM Console Creating an IBM Console user Assigning authorization roles to a user Creating a user group Assigning users to a user group Assigning user groups to a data mart Managing Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports Running reports Scheduling reports to run automatically Modifying default settings for reports Creating reports Creating a Many Measurements Versus Time Domino-specific report IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino data marts and reports Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases Configuring Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino Backing up Domino databases Restoring Domino databases Actiating Domino databases Archiing transaction log files Viewing archied transaction log files Inactiating transaction log files Appendix A. Authorization roles quick reference Appendix B. Problem determination 269 Frequently asked questions Domino serer console messages i IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

7 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus DominoIBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino messages Testing endpoint connectiity Appendix C. Messages Appendix D. Accessibility Using assistie technologies Magnifying what is displayed on the screen Documentation in accessible formats Using alternatie text Appendix E. Notices Trademarks Index Contents

8 i IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

9 Figures 1. Status and Operations tab window of the Management Console Eents tab window of the Management Console 6 3. Backup and Restore tab with subtab windows of the Management Console Performance tab with the Probes subtab window of the Management Console Configuration tab with Serers subtab window of the Management Console Configuration tab with Profiles subtab and Profiles subtab window of the Management Console Configuration tab with Profiles subtab and Subscribers subtab window of the Management Console Configuration tab with Preferences subtab window of the Management Console Administrators dialog box (Desktop) Set Resource Roles dialog box (Desktop) Create Policy Region dialog box (Desktop) Create Policy Region dialog box (Management Console) Delete Policy Region dialog box (Management Console) Set Managed Resources dialog box (Desktop) Set Notice Groups dialog box (Desktop) Edit Subscriber List dialog box (Management Console) Create Domino Serer dialog box (Desktop) Configure Source Serer dialog box (Management Console) Create Domino Serer dialog box (Management Console) Create Domino Serer dialog box Basics tab (Management Console) Create Domino Serer dialog box Backup tab (Management Console) Edit dialog box Basics tab (Management Console) Configure dialog box (Management Console) Delete Objects? dialog box (Desktop) Unconfigure dialog box (Management Console) Policy region icon Create Profile Manager dialog box (Desktop) Dataless profile manager icon (Desktop) Profile Manager dialog box (Desktop) Create Profile dialog box (Desktop) Create Profile Manager dialog box (Management Console) Add Profile dialog box (Management Console) Delete Profile dialog box (Management Console) Delete Profile Manager dialog box (Management Console) Subscribers dialog box (Desktop) Edit Subscriber List dialog box (Management Console) IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box (Desktop) Add Default Models to Profile dialog box (Desktop) Configuration window Profiles tab (Management Console) Add Resource Model window (Management Console) Add Resource Models to Profile dialog box (Desktop) Add Resource Model window with Basics tab dialog box (Management Console) Edit Resource Model dialog box (Desktop) Indications and Actions dialog box (Desktop) Edit Resource Model window (Management Console) Indications tab dialog box (Management Console) Seerity drop-down list (Management Console) Tasks dialog box (Desktop) Task Configuration dialog box (Management Console) Parameters dialog box (Desktop) Parameters tab dialog box (Management Console) Scheduling dialog box (Desktop) Schedule tab dialog box for customizing a resource model (Management Console) Logging dialog box (Desktop) Logging tab dialog box (Management Console) Distribute Profile dialog box (Desktop) Distribute dialog box (Management Console) Serer status icons: serer up and serer down (Desktop) Serer icon example (Management Console) Start/Stop/Recycle Serer dialog box (Management Console) Start/Stop Resource Model pop-up menu for a serer (Management Console) Start/Stop Domino Task dialog box (Management Console) Serer properties dialog box (Management Console) Domino Serer Properties dialog box (Desktop) Edit dialog box (Management Console) Configure dialog box (Management Console) Show Serer Statistics dialog box (Management Console) Remote Console dialog box (Management Console) Check Health dialog box (Management Console) Copyright IBM Corp ii

10 70. Search Log File dialog box (Management Console) Check Database Corruption dialog box (Management Console) Mail dialog box (Management Console) Check Replication dialog box (Management Console) Check Inactie Users dialog box (Management Console) ACL dialog box (Management Console) Create a Domino Performance Station dialog box (Desktop) Create dialog box (Management Console) Tested Serers buttons in the Add Serer dialog box (Management Console) Add Probe dialog box (Management Console) Edit Probe dialog box (Management Console) Start/Stop/Reboot dialog box (Management Console) Start/Stop Resource Model pop-up menu for a station (Management Console) Probe Once dialog box (Management Console) Probe Status dialog box (Management Console) Integrity dialog box (Management Console) Task Library window (Desktop) Execute Task dialog box (Desktop) Destination for Task Output dialog box (Desktop) Dialog box for configuring task arguments (Desktop) Task Library window (Desktop) Execute Task dialog box (Desktop) Dialog box for configuring task arguments (Desktop) Dialog box for saing arguments (Desktop) Create Job dialog box (Desktop) Destination for Task Output dialog box (Desktop) Add Scheduled Job dialog box (Desktop) Set Retry/Cancel Restrictions Options dialog box (Desktop) Health window for Lotus Domino Serers (Management Console) Health window for Domino Performance Stations (Management Console) Filter menu (Management Console) Edit Filter dialog box (Management Console) Data iew in bar chart format (Management Console) Data iew in table format (Management Console) Statistics area in text table iew (Management Console) Bar chart Line chart Backup and Restore tab Backup subtab Options (Management Console) Backup and Restore tab Restore subtab Options (Management Console) Backup and Restore tab Actiate subtab Options (Management Console) Archie Logs dialog box (Management Console) View Log Archies dialog box (Management Console) Inactiate Log Archies dialog box (Management Console) iii IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

11 Tables 1. Authorization roles for the Management Console Counting occurrences High CPU Usage percentages oer 12 cycles: holes and occurrences High CPU Usage percentages oer 12 cycles: health Quick reference for getting started with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Goals and where to find procedures for setting up the software Domino serer properties Goals and where to find procedures for working with IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile managers and their default resource models Goals and where to find procedures for working with Lotus Domino Serers Goals and where to find procedures for working with Domino Performance Stations Goals and where to find procedures for working with tasks and jobs Health determination example Goals and where to find procedures for working with health data Goals and where to find procedures for setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console Goals and where to find procedures for integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager Goals and where to find procedures for enabling IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Default time filter names and alues Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports to resource model mapping Goals and where to find procedures for backing up and restoring databases Descriptions of configuration attributes for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino Authorization roles and interfaces for functions Symptoms and suggested actions for recoering from common problems Frequently asked questions related to problem determination Domino serer console messages and workarounds Messages and suggested actions Copyright IBM Corp ix

12 x IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

13 About this guide Who should read this guide What this guide contains IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration proides the ability to manage and monitor Domino resources. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide describes in detail the tasks, monitors, and commands used in the procedures in this guide. This guide is for system managers who use Domino to manage networked databases. Readers should be familiar with the following: UNIX or Windows NT operating systems Domino administration This guide contains the following sections: Chapter 1, Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Proides an oeriew of the following aspects of the software: operations, Tioli administrators, authorization roles, endpoints, user interface options, tabs in the Management Console, and resource models. Chapter 2, Getting started quick-reference guide for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Proides guidelines for setting up the product, including preparing for installing the software; setting up administrators, managed resources, and profiles for Domino serer monitors and performance station probes; connecting to the Tioli Enterprise Console and Tioli Business Systems Manager ; setting up tasks and jobs; creating reports in Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse; and backing up and restoring databases Chapter 3, Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Describes how to set up the software, including setting up the Tioli enironment and the Management Console, creating policy regions, adding and remoing managed resource types, subscribing to notice groups, and configuring Lotus Domino Serer objects. Chapter 4, Working with resource models Describes how to use resource models to monitor your managed resources. Chapter 5, Working with Lotus Domino Serers Describes how to manage Lotus Domino Serers in the Tioli enironment by performing such actiities as checking serer status, starting and stopping tasks, and determining whether a serer replicated according schedule. Chapter 6, Working with Domino Performance Stations Describes how to configure probing of Lotus Notes clients to reeal the performance of a system from the perspectie of the Notes user and to confirm compliance with serice leel agreements (SLAs). Chapter 7, Working with tasks and jobs Copyright IBM Corp xi

14 Describes how to create, configure, and run Tioli tasks to automate management actiities that you perform frequently. Chapter 8, Working with health data Describes how to use the Web Health Console and the Management Console to work with health data. Chapter 9, Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation Proides information about setting up Tioli Enterprise Console (TEC) for use with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Chapter 10, Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager Proides information about setting up Tioli Business Systems Manager and how to use it to manage Lotus Domino resources. Chapter 11, Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Proides information about configuring Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse and how to use it to create and access application reports from arious Tioli and customer applications. Chapter 12, Backing up and restoring Domino databases Proides information about using Tioli Data Protection to back up Lotus Domino databases. Appendix A, Authorization roles quick reference Proides a quick reference table for authorization roles releant to performing operations with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Appendix B, Problem determination Proides information about common problems in using IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Appendix C, Messages Contains a list of messages and an explanation of each message. Appendix D, Accessibility Describes the accessibility features that help a user who has a physical disability, such as restricted mobility or limited ision, to use software products successfully. Appendix E, Notices Contains copyright and trademark information referenced in this guide. Publications This section lists publications in the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration library and any other related documents. It also describes how to access Tioli publications online, how to order Tioli publications, and how to submit comments on Tioli publications. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration library The following documents are aailable in the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration library: IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: Lotus Domino User s Guide, SC Proides information about how to use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration to manage Domino resources. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide, SC xii IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

15 Proides detailed information about Domino resource models, tasks, and commands. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: Installation and Setup Guide, GC Proides instructions for installing IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration and setting it up to manage Domino resources. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: Release Notes, GI Describes product features and proides information about the latest changes to the installation requirements and procedures. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: Limitations and Workarounds Supplement, SC Proides the latest information about known product limitations and workarounds. To ensure that the information is the latest aailable, this document is proided only on the Web, where it is updated on a regular basis. You can access the Limitations and Workarounds document through the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino link on the Tioli Information Center Web site: PROD_LIST.html Related publications The following documents proide other useful information: IBM Tioli Monitoring: Workbench User s Guide, SH Describes how to use the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench to create new resource models and to modify existing ones. IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide, SH Describes how to use the IBM Tioli Monitoring user interface. IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: Resource Model Reference, SH Describes the resource models that come with IBM Tioli Monitoring software. Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide, GC Describes the Tioli enironment, including profiles and profile management. Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual, SC Proides detailed information about Tioli commands. Tioli Enterprise, Version 3.7.1: Installation Guide, GC Proides information and procedures for installing and upgrading Tioli Management Framework resources (Tioli management region serer, managed nodes, gateways, and endpoints), and proides the procedures for installing and upgrading Tioli Enterprise products. Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Planning for Deployment Guide, GC Explains how to plan for deploying your Tioli enironment, and describes Tioli Management Framework and its serices. Tioli Data Protection, Version 1.1.2: Installation and User s Guide, GC , for Windows NT or SH for UNIX Operating Systems Describes how to install and configure Tioli Data Protection. Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide, Version 3.7.1, GC Describes how to use the Tioli Enterprise Console. Tioli Enterprise Console Reference Manual, Version 3.7.1, GC About this guide xiii

16 Tioli Enterprise Console, Version 3.7: Rule Builder s Guide, GC Proides information about deeloping rules for managing eents with Tioli Enterprise Console with a text editor and a graphical rule builder. TME 10 Software Installation Serice User s Guide, sis36ga Describes how to use the Tioli Software Installation Serice (SIS) to install Tioli products. Tioli Business Systems Manager, Version 1.5: User s Guide Describes how to use the Tioli Business Systems Manager product. Tioli Business Systems Manager Console, Version 1.5: User s Guide Describes how to use the Tioli Business Systems Manager console. Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse documentation Describes how to use Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse to compile historical data to monitor your system and to help you make strategic management decisions regarding your network. The Tioli Glossary includes definitions for many of the technical terms related to Tioli software. The Tioli Glossary is aailable, in English only, at the following Web site: Accessing softcopy publications The publications for this product are aailable in PDF and HTML formats through the following media: IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: Documentation CD, LK3T The Documentation CD contains all of the English language publications for this product, except for the Web-only Limitations and Workarounds supplements. To access the publications, use a Web browser to open the start.html file, which is located in the root directory of the CD. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: NLS Documentation CD, LK3T The NLS (national language support) Documentation CD contains both English and non-english language publications for this product, except for the Web-only Limitations and Workarounds supplements. To access the publications, use a Web browser to open the start.html file, which is located in the root directory of the CD. Tioli Information Center IBM posts publications for this and all other Tioli products, as they become aailable and wheneer they are updated, to the Tioli Information Center Web site. The Tioli Information Center is located at the following Web address: td/td_prod_list.html Click the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration link to access the product library. Using the guide online This document is aailable on the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, Version 5.1.0: Documentation CD, LK3T in PDF and HTML formats. Refer to the readme.txt file on the CD for instructions on downloading the Acrobat Reader, Version 3.0 or later, to iew, sae, and print the manual. xi IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

17 Accessibility Use your HTML browser to open the start.html file on the CD to access the.html documentation files. Eery naigation page also includes a link at the bottom to download the Acrobat reader for iewing, saing, and printing the files. Viewing online help Online help is aailable in seeral forms: Desktop Access online help by clicking Help in dialog boxes. Commands You can display command syntax and parameter information for command line interface (CLI) commands by typing the name of the command at a command prompt and pressing the Enter key. Management Console Access help by pressing the F1 key in the Management Console. Ordering publications You can order hardcopy publications online from the IBM Publications Center Web site: \ cgibin/pbi.cgi You can also order by telephone by calling one of these numbers: In the United States: In Canada: In other countries, see the following Web site for a list of telephone numbers: Proiding feedback about publications If you hae comments or suggestions about Tioli products and documentation, send an to pubs@tioli.com or complete the customer feedback surey at the following Web site: Accessibility features help a user who has a physical disability, such as restricted mobility or limited ision, to use software products successfully. With this product, you can use assistie technologies to hear and naigate the interface. You can also use the keyboard instead of the mouse to operate all features of the graphical user interface. For additional information, see Appendix D, Accessibility on page 309 in this guide. Contacting Customer Support If you hae a problem with any Tioli product, you can contact IBM Customer Support for Tioli products. See the Tioli Customer Support Handbook at the following Web site: About this guide x

18 The handbook proides information about how to contact Customer Support, depending on the seerity of your problem, and the following information: Registration and eligibility Telephone numbers and addresses, depending on the country in which you are located What information you should gather before contacting Customer Support Note: For Tioli NetView for OS/390 customers only, additional support is aailable on the NETVIEW CFORUM (Customer Forum) through the IBMLink system. NetView deelopers monitor this forum, answer questions, and proide guidance. When you find a problem with the code, open an official problem management record (PMR) to get resolution. Conentions used in this guide This guide uses seeral conentions for special terms, actions and for command syntax. Typeface conentions This guide uses the following typeface conentions: Bold Italic Monospace Commands, keywords, file names, authorization roles, URLs, or other information that you must use literally are displayed like this, in bold. Names of windows, dialogs, and other controls are also displayed like this, in bold. Variables and alues that you must proide are displayed like this, in italic type. Words and phrases that are emphasized are also displayed like this, in italic type. Code examples, output, and system messages are displayed like this, inamonospace font. Tioli command syntax The commands in this book use the following special characters to define Tioli command syntax: <> Indicates that the text enclosed in the angle brackets is a ariable that you supply. [] Identifies optional elements. Elements that do not hae brackets around them are required.... Indicates you can specify multiple alues for the preious element. Separate multiple alues by a space, unless the command information specifies differently. If the ellipsis for an element follows a closing bracket ( ] ), use the syntax within the brackets to specify multiple alues. For example, to specify two administrators for the option [ a admin]..., use a admin1 a admin2. If the ellipsis for an element is within brackets, use the syntax of the last element to specify multiple alues. For example, to specify two hosts for the option [ h host...], use h host1 host2. Indicates mutually exclusie information, meaning you can use the element on either the left or right of the ertical bar, but not both. xi IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

19 {} Delimits a set of mutually exclusie elements when a command requires one of them, but not multiple elements. Brackets ([ ]) are around elements that are optional. \ A backslash indicates that a command continues on the next line. In addition to the special characters, Tioli command syntax uses the typeface conentions described in the Preface of this guide. The following examples illustrate the typeface conentions used in Tioli command syntax: wcrtpr [ a admin]... [ s region] [ m resource]... name The name argument is the only required element for the wcrtpr command. The brackets around the options indicate that they are optional. The ellipsis after the a admin option means that you can specify multiple administrators multiple times. The ellipsis after the m resource option means that you can specify multiple resources multiple times. wchkdb [ o outfile] [ u] [ x] { f infile i object...} The f, i, and object elements are mutually exclusie. The braces that surround the f, i, and object elements indicate that you are including required elements. If you specify the object argument, you can specify more than one object. When you reference an object in a command issued from the command line, the reference is not an absolute object reference like those used in programming. Instead, the reference is a user-friendly name. This user-friendly name deries from a name gien to the object by the user of the application, such as when creating a policy region. About this guide xii

20 xiii IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

21 Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino complements existing Lotus Domino tools and adds features for managing large numbers of Domino serers and databases in a distributed enironment. It proides the ability to manage and monitor Domino resources by proiding extensions to the Tioli Management Framework, IBM Tioli Monitoring, and the Tioli Enterprise Console. It includes Domino-specific task libraries. Use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino to perform the following operations: Track the aailability and performance of Domino serers and databases with resource models for this product. Alert administrators to Domino performance problems and failures using pop-up message boxes, logs, reports, graphs, and other tools. Manage and monitor serers in functional groups by assigning a Serer Type property (such as mail, Web, database, or newsgroup) to a serer. Automate the following configuration and management operations for Domino serers through a graphical user interface: Check the status of serers and perform operations on those serers (for example, checking health or checking for database corruption). Generate and distribute graphs and tabular reports of monitoring data for a serer or for groups of serers. Back up, restore, and actiate databases and log files. Filter significant eent information to send to the Tioli Enterprise Console. Probe serer performance from the perspectie of a Lotus Notes client. Configure serers to work with this product. Organize serers in policy regions and group those serers in profile managers. Configure and run resource models, and collect data from those resource models. Monitor routine eents, such as logical disk full, replication failures, Domino serice disruptions, database corruption or fragmentation, and hardware failures, so that you can manage them by standard methods. Determine the seerity and relationship of eents by using the Tioli Enterprise Console to proide eent correlation. You can define rules for automated responses, such as running a correctie task. Consolidate, transform, and display historical data from Domino serers in a ariety of formats by using the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Make secure backups and manage backup deices by using the Tioli Data Protection (TDP) backup tool. Copyright IBM Corp

22 Tioli administrators Authorization roles Domino administrators are known in the Tioli enironment as Tioli administrators. Administrators are system or Tioli administrators who hae the authorization to manage Domino serers in policy regions. After the product is installed, you can assign authorization roles to other administrators that define the operations they can perform. Each administrator or group of administrators is represented by an icon on the Tioli desktop. This product fully integrates into Tioli security. To perform administration functions, administrators must hae authorization roles for both this product and the Tioli management enironment. Tioli authorization roles determine the range of actions an administrator can perform. You assign roles to administrators so they can perform serer or Domino management tasks. A role might coer the entire Tioli management region or a specific set of resources, such as those contained in a policy region. super, senior, admin, and user are examples of authorization roles proided in Tioli software. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide for descriptions of these roles. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino proides the following additional authorization roles: Domino_Admin Performs all operations required for any operation that inoles creating and modifying serers or monitors. Domino_User Has read-only access to a limited set of functions required for iewing serer properties, status, and health. Domino_DPS_Admin Performs all operations for Domino Performance Stations, such as creating and modifying performance stations. Domino_DPS_User Has read-only access to a limited set of functions for Domino Performance Stations, such as running a probe one time. Domino_TDP_Admin Performs all operations for Tioli Data Protection, such as backing up or restoring databases. Domino_TDP_User Has read-only access to a limited set of functions for Tioli Data Protection, such as querying a transaction log. Table 1 contains the administrator roles that are the minimum requirements for logging onto the Management Console, which is the graphical user interface for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: Table 1. Authorization roles for the Management Console Role Leel user Tioli management region Domino_User Messaging and Collaboration policy region 2 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

23 To work with IBM Tioli Monitoring profiles, an administrator must hae either an admin, senior, or super role for the policy region that contains the profile manager of the IBM Tioli Monitoring profile. At least one administrator must hae one of the listed roles for the Messaging and Collaboration policy region to work with the default set of profile managers and profiles. By default, the Management Console displays all objects associated with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration. Depending on an administrator s assigned roles, an administrator may or may not be able to interact with the displayed objects. Any attempt to operate with an object for which the required Tioli management region role has not been assigned results in an error message stating that the administrator does not hae sufficient roles to perform the operation. Endpoints User interface options A Tioli endpoint enables Tioli management products to manage resources on a computer system. You manage endpoints by subscribing them to profiles within profile managers, for example, when you set up subscriptions for the distribution of monitoring profiles. This software proides the following types of endpoints: DominoPerformanceStation LotusDominoSerer IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino proides the following user interfaces that you can use to manage and monitor Lotus Domino Serers and Domino Performance Stations: The Management Console is an interface that enables monitoring and managing of Domino serers. The Tioli desktop is the traditional Tioli graphical user interface that enables monitoring and managing of Domino serers. The command line interface (CLI) is useful in the following circumstances: Accessing the Tioli enironment through a modem when you do not hae access to a graphical user interface. Grouping multiple operations inside a single shell script. Working on a keyboard without using a mouse or other pointing deice. You can perform many of the procedures in this guide through more than one of these interfaces. For each procedure in this guide, the procedure section contains the steps for using each applicable interface. In addition to these three interfaces, you can access the Web Health Console interface to monitor the status and health of endpoints in both real-time and historical perspecties. See Appendix A, Authorization roles quick reference on page 265 for a summary of the management operations that you can perform in the arious interfaces (Management Console, Tioli desktop, command line, Web Health Console) and by running tasks. Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 3

24 Management Console This product also comes with IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench, a deelopment enironment for users who want to moe beyond the resource models that come with this product. In the workbench you customize existing resource models or design new resource models. The Management Console is designed for the Domino administrator. It proides tools to manage and monitor the Domino serer enironment. The Management Console does not require additional Tioli software on the machine that is running the Management Console. The Domino administrator does not need to learn Tioli concepts. Note: When you access a dialog box in the Management Console you can press <F1> to see help information for that dialog box. You can access the Management Console using the Internet Explorer Web browser or Netscape Web browser. On computers where you run the Management Console, set the screen resolution to 1024 by 768 or aboe. This resolution setting enables the user interface to display all aailable options for dialog boxes that contain many options. The Login Panel controls access to the Management Console. You must proide the following information: Hostname Type a host name in the format hostname:port, where hostname is the name of the Tioli management region host and port is the port number on which the Tioli management region listens for connections. If you configured the Tioli management region with the default port of 94, only the hostname portion is necessary. User Type a alid login ID for a Tioli Administrator. Your session has all authorization roles for that Administrator. This login ID must be a alid operating system user ID on the host specified in the Hostname field. Password Type the password associated with the user specified in the User field. When you complete all three fields, the Login option becomes enabled. Click Login to log in to the specified host using the specified user and password. If an error occurs during login, a message is displayed below the Password field. Correct the problem and retry the login. The Management Console contains the following four or fie tabs positioned horizontally across the top: Status and Operations Eents (if Tioli Enterprise Console is installed) Backup and Restore Performance Configuration Subtabs appear horizontally under some of these fie top tabs depending on which tab is selected. Under the tabs or subtabs, the following three sections appear ertically from left to right: 4 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

25 Naigation tree Data specific to the selected resource Tools specific to the main tab The contents of these three ertical sections change depending on which of the fie tabs is selected: The naigation tree in the left column contains either a list of Lotus Domino Serer objects or a list of Domino Performance Station objects. Data in the center pane proides information about the performance station or serer selected in the naigation tree. Two Tools drop-down menus in the right column contain either Serers and Diagnostics tools, or Stations and Diagnostics tools. These menus are open by default. Collapse any of these menus by clicking the menu name. The Status and Operations tab window (Figure 1) proides a graphical representation of the current state of the Domino serer enironment and proides tools for interacting with serers and diagnosing problems on all serers in the enironment. Figure 1. Status and Operations tab window of the Management Console The Eents tab window (Figure 2 on page 6) lists enterprise eents that can affect the Domino serer enironment so you can respond to those eents in a timely manner. Use the Eents tab window to iew the Tioli Enterprise Console. To Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 5

26 access the Eents tab window, you must install the Tioli Enterprise Console in your enironment. The Tioli Enterprise Console proides eent correlation to determine the seerity and relationship of eents and define rules for automated responses, such as running a correctie task. Figure 2. Eents tab window of the Management Console The Backup and Restore tab proides a consolidated iew for remotely backing up, restoring, and actiating Domino serer databases through three subtab windows (Figure 3 on page 7): Backup, Restore, and Actiate. The tools menu assists with managing transaction logs on serers where transaction logging is actiated. To use the Backup and Restore tab tools, you must install the Tioli Storage Manager (TSM) and Tioli Data Protection (TDP) applications for Domino. 6 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

27 Figure 3. Backup and Restore tab with subtab windows of the Management Console The Performance tab window (Figure 4 on page 8) proides tools to configure and manage Performance Stations. Domino Performance Stations are Lotus Notes clients that run probes against Domino serers. A Performance Station is used specifically for performance management. Performance Stations run simulated user transactions against Domino serers. Set up a Performance Station to collect response-time data for the serers in the Domino enironment. You can use the response time data in graphs and reports. A performance probe is an instance of a simulated Lotus Notes transaction. Aailable Lotus Notes transaction types include round-trip mail, replication to a local client, database access, Web access, Name and Address Book search, calendar entry creation, and network echo. Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 7

28 Figure 4. Performance tab with the Probes subtab window of the Management Console The Configuration tab with the Serers subtab window (Figure 5) proides a list of all serers in the Domino enironment that are known to one or more Domino domains. Use this tab to access tools to configure those serers for use with this product. Figure 5. Configuration tab with Serers subtab window of the Management Console The Configuration tab with the Profiles subtab and Profiles subtab window (Figure 6 on page 9) proides tools that simplify the eent and resource model configuration for Domino serers. 8 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

29 Figure 6. Configuration tab with Profiles subtab and Profiles subtab window of the Management Console The Configuration tab with the Profiles subtab and Subscribers subtab window (Figure 7) proides a list of current subscribers and the ability to edit the subscriber list. Figure 7. Configuration tab with Profiles subtab and Subscribers subtab window of the Management Console The Configuration tab with the Preferences subtab window (Figure 8 on page 10) proides options for configuring Reliability, Accessibility, and Sericeability (RAS) logging and tracing. Use this tab to specify the directory in which log files are written, and to specify the logging leel. Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 9

30 Figure 8. Configuration tab with Preferences subtab window of the Management Console Understanding IBM Tioli Monitoring This section describes the main concepts required for understanding how to set up and use resource models. IBM Tioli Monitoring uses resource models to product monitor and manage resources at distributed systems. A managed resource is a database object that represents a hardware, software, or data entity that you manage according to policies set up in a Tioli enironment. Managed resources can include physical and logical disks, CPUs, memory, printers, processes, and serices. A distributed system is the serice that monitors resources, compares data from monitored resources against configured thresholds, and runs automated responses in a Tioli enironment. Actions You can associate one or more recoery actions with a specific eent. These actions are automatically triggered when the eent occurs and, typically, are used for restoring satisfactory system serice leel. Each time an eent occurs, the system proides a notification of the eent, triggers a recoery action to restore satisfactory conditions and, if the action is successful, proides a notification that the action was performed. Actions are associated with the execution of a CIM method or the execution of a program. Associate actions with indications when modifying an existing resource model using this software, or when creating a new resource model with the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench. Attributes Attributes can be string or numeric alues. A resource model receies attributes when it is created. In IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, you do not add, delete, or modify attributes that are in the default resource models. When creating a new resource model with the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench, you can qualify an eent by specifying releant attributes according to the information you want the resource model to monitor. For example, an eent might indicate insufficient disk space. When you specify attributes, such as disk name, or aailable disk space, the resource model can generate a more precise indication of the problem. For each resource model, some of the attributes are designated as keys. Cycles When a resource model runs at an endpoint, it gathers data at regular interals, called cycles; the duration of a cycle is the cycle time, which is 10 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

31 displayed in seconds. A resource model with a cycle time of 60 seconds gathers data eery 60 seconds. Each of the supplied resource models has a default cycle time that you can modify when you define the resource model. At each cycle, the resource model collects data, analyzes it, generates the eents, and triggers specified actions. The data collected are a snapshot of the status of the resources specified in the resource model. Gathering Historical Data component The Gathering Historical Data component uses data collected by specific IBM Tioli Monitoring resource models to populate a database on the Tioli serer where it is installed. The collected data is aggregated eery 24 hours and added to the IBM Tioli Monitoring database, from which it can be used in analyses that help plan network growth using key system metrics. For more information about Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse, see the following publications: IBM Tioli Monitoring Warehouse Enablement Pack: Implementation Guide Enabling an Application for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Heartbeat function In addition to the monitoring processes described aboe, IBM Tioli Monitoring operates a heartbeat function, which monitors the basic system status at endpoints attached to the gateway at which it is enabled. Eents can be sent to the Tioli Business Systems Manager (proided that the Tioli Business Systems Manager Adapter component is installed at the gateway), the Tioli Enterprise Console, and the IBM Tioli Monitoring Notice Group. Indications and eents An indication is generated when the state of a gien resource meets defined criteria. By itself, an indication does not trigger any specific action. When indications are aggregated, the resource model generates an eent. When you define an eent, you must specify under what conditions a certain number of indications are aggregated into an eent. You also specify whether these indications must be consecutie, or whether the sequence may be interrupted by one or more monitoring cycles that do not register any indication. The cycles during which no indication is generated are called holes. An eent can notify that there is a problem in the resource state, trigger an action and, if enabled, send a notification to the Tioli Enterprise Console serer or to the Tioli Business Systems Manager. Indications Each resource model generates an indication in a gien cycle based on the settings defined for it. A single occurrence of an indication does not always represent a problem, howeer the persistence of indications might. The resource model measures the persistence of the indications and aggregates them according to your specifications, or how you define settings for occurrences and holes. If the persistence of an indication meets the specified number of occurrences, the resource model generates and eent. Indications can be generated in any one of the following circumstances: When a single threshold is exceeded. For example, in the Windows Process resource model, the Process High CPU indication is generated when the High CPU Usage threshold is exceeded (for any process that has a non-zero process ID). Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 11

32 When a combination of two or more thresholds are exceeded. For example, in the Windows Logical Disk resource model a High Read Bytes per Second indication is generated when both the following thresholds are exceeded: The amount of bytes transferred per second (being written or read) exceeds the High Bytes per Second threshold The percentage of time that the selected disk drie spends making read or write requests exceeds the High Percent Usage threshold. When a combination of other factors change. For example, in the Windows Process resource model the Process Handle Leak indication is generated when a process is losing memory. There is no threshold for this indication. The resource model compares the number of handles of the fie processes with the most handles in consecutie cycles. If the number of handles has increased, the indication is generated. Occurrences and holes Occurrences and holes record whether or not an indication occurs during the cycle for a specific resource model. An occurrence is a cycle during which at least one threshold is exceeded and an indication occurs for a gien resource model. A hole is a cycle during which an indication does not occur for a gien resource model. A hole means none of the conditions that generate an indication were met, but it does not necessarily mean that no thresholds were exceeded. For example, in the Windows Logical Disk resource model a High Read Bytes per Second indication is not created when the percentage disk time is higher than the High Percent Usage threshold, proided that the Low Disk Space threshold is exceeded. Eents An eent erifies the persistence of an indication by eliminating unrepresentatie peaks and troughs for the indication. For example, a process that generates the Process High CPU indication in one cycle might not threaten other processes if the high usage is not repeated. Howeer, an indication that persists oer seeral cycles is more likely to be a problem. Thus, an eent defines the significant number of consecutie occurrences of the indication. When you define an eent, you can specify how many consecutie holes in the sequence of consecutie occurrences are permitted. Specifying how many consecutie holes are permitted during the accumulation of the consecutie occurrences enables you to continue the counting of consecutie occurrences if one or two cycles fall below the threshold. An eent is an aggregation of a defined number of consecutie occurrences during which there can be a defined number of consecutie holes. An eent is generated only when the aggregation algorithm detects three consecutie occurrences. The following examples illustrate what happens if you define an eent as three occurrences and two holes. 1 represents an occurrence and 0 represents a hole IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

33 Because fewer than three holes exist between each of the three occurrences, the three occurrences are consecutie. Therefore, the sequence represents an eent If each occurrence is followed by the maximum specified holes within seen cycles, an eent is triggered If the algorithm counts two consecutie occurrences and then obseres three consecutie holes (more holes than that allowed in the definition of an eent for this example) it sets the count of occurrences to zero. See Table 2. Table 2. Counting occurrences Sequence Count of Occurrences The snapshots of the CPU usage obtained by the resource model are shown in Table 3. The first row shows the cycle number and the second the percentage of CPU usage. Table 3. High CPU Usage percentages oer 12 cycles: holes and occurrences Cycle CPU% Occurrence or Hole Occurrence Count H O H O O H H O O H O O Cycles that exceed the threshold are occurrences and are shown in bold type. The other cycles are holes. For this example, an eent is created for this indication if there are four consecutie occurrences with only one hole permitted. The final row in Table 3 shows the count that the resource model makes of the consecutie occurrences. The count is set to zero at the 7th cycle snapshot because the resource model has encountered two consecutie holes. In this example, an eent is triggered in the 12th cycle. The count is then set to zero and the process continues. While defining an eent, you can also indicate if you want the system to notify the Tioli Enterprise Console serer, or the Tioli Business Systems Manager, that an eent was generated. The Tioli Monitoring operator can change these selections later, when the resource model is included in a Tioli Monitoring profile. You can also define the degree of seerity and the message that will specify the notification of the eent. Clearing Eents A clearing eent is a resource model function that, if enabled, allows Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 13

34 IBM Tioli Monitoring to close an eent when the circumstances that caused the eent are no longer present. Clearing eents can be processed by the Tioli Enterprise Console serer and by Tioli Business Systems Manager. Clearing eents hae a seerity of harmless, regardless of the seerity of the original eent, but hae the same eent ID as the original eent. For example, a serice stops and the Tioli Enterprise Console serer receies an eent notifying it of this problem. Until the serice restarts, the problem is still present on the endpoint, but IBM Tioli Monitoring does not send any further eent notifications to the Tioli Enterprise Console serer. If the Clearing Eent function is enabled, as soon as the serice restarts, a clearing eent is sent to the Tioli Enterprise Console serer, thereby closing the original eent. The Clearing Eent itself does not normally appear on the serer, because its only function is to clear the original error eent. Note: Correlated eents cannot be cleared. Monitoring of eents and indications Eents can be sent to the Tioli Enterprise Console serer, the Web Health Console, and Tioli Business Systems Manager. Tioli Enterprise Console Serer Eents can be iewed by a Tioli Enterprise Console serer proided that you hae compiled and loaded the releant Basic Recorder of Objects in C (BAROC) files on the serer. The eent contains a set of properties that can help to identify the problem. For example, the information in the ProcessHandleLeak eent includes alues for the following: Current Process ID Number of handles allocated to the process Name of the process Clearing eents can also be processed by the Tioli Enterprise Console serer. If the default procedure is used to enable the monitoring of eents, the Tioli Enterprise Console serer uses the clearing eent to close the associated error eent. Howeer, if you choose not to install the clearing eents rule incorporated in the aboe-mentioned default procedure, the clearing eent is displayed as a separate entity with the same id as the original error eent. Web Health Console The Web Health Console, which is an optional part of IBM Tioli Monitoring, obtains eents and indications from endpoints. The Web Health Console displays the health of each potential problem as a numeric alue between 100 (perfect health) and zero (with zero meaning that the conditions for the corresponding eent hae been met). Intermediate alues show the percentage of occurrences currently registered with respect to the total number of occurrences needed to trigger an eent. For example, Table 4 on page 15 is based on Table 3 on page 13, but additionally shows the health percentage: 14 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

35 Table 4. High CPU Usage percentages oer 12 cycles: health Cycle CPU% Occurrence or Hole Occurrence Count H O H O O H H O O H O O Health (%) In this example, the health percentage changes in steps of 25% because 4 occurrences were required to trigger an eent; if the indication had required 5 occurrences, the health percentage would hae changed by steps of 20%. Tioli Business Systems Manager Eents can also be sent to the Tioli Business Systems Manager, proided that the Tioli Business Systems Manager Adapter component has been installed on the gateways of the endpoints that are to be monitored. A full description of Tioli Business Systems Manager can be found in the Tioli Business Systems Manager documentation. Clearing eents can also be processed by the Tioli Business Systems Manager, which uses the clearing eent to close the associated error eent. Logging For any endpoint, you can log the data collected by a resource model and write it in a local database. Then you can iew it through the History View of the Web Health Console. You can choose to store raw or aggregated data. Parameters While thresholds can be only numeric alues, parameters can be lists of numbers or strings. Using parameters enables you to customize your resource model. You can define different parameters, as required. For each parameter you can specify a alue, which can be a list of numbers or strings. This list can represent the instances you want to monitor, or a limit you do not want your resource to exceed, depending on how you use this setting in your script. The lists will then be displayed in the Tioli Monitoring dialogs, and depending on the type of list you select in the workbench, the lists will appear in different forms on Tioli Monitoring. Within the workbench you can define default alues and then let the operator customize the settings in Tioli Monitoring. You can choose one among the following kinds of lists when you specify the parameters: Boolean List Choice List String List Numeric List Some resource models hae one or more parameters. For example, the Windows Parametric TCP/IP Ports resource model uses parameters that contain lists of ports and port states that you want to monitor. Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 15

36 Profiles IBM Tioli Monitoring is a profile-based application that runs in a Tioli enironment. Different profiles can be defined containing different selections of resource models. All aspects of existing profiles can be modified, including the addition, deletion and customization of resource models. You can distribute multiple profiles to each endpoint. Recoery actions For any eent, recoery actions can be run automatically, such as built-in actions (for Windows) or tasks. The actions can take positie steps to remedy the situation, or can ensure that information about the eent is distributed to the appropriate authorities or entities. Built-in actions Note: The indications in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino resource models do not hae built-in actions. Certain eents can hae one or more built-in actions predefined for them. An action can be either the execution of a CIM class method or the execution of a program. Both type of actions can be implemented only through the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench. For example, an eent that detects the failure of a serice could hae the restart of that serice as its built-in action. Thus, without any human interention, IBM Tioli Monitoring detects the failure of a serice and automatically restarts it. Built-in actions are defined by default as part of an eent, but can be remoed. They hae the same eent ID as the eent that they are designed to correct. Tasks For each eent you can select one or more tasks to be performed when the eent is triggered. The tasks that are triggered by a IBM Tioli Monitoring eent can access the eent name and eent thresholds of the triggering eent by accessing the enironment ariables. Resource models IBM Tioli Monitoring products proide predefined resource models that access specific performance data from the system at runtime. (For example, the Process resource model gathers data about processes running on the system.) The resource models process the data they collect using an algorithm that determines whether or not the system is performing to expectations. You can either use a resource model s default alues to collect performance data or customize the resource models to match specific requirements in your enironment. Distributing resource models using default alues enables you begin monitoring immediately to obtain useful data concerning your enterprise. When you become more familiar with the monitoring process and feedback, you may choose to customize the resource model information. Scheduling IBM Tioli Monitoring contains a scheduling feature that enables you to determine a period within which monitoring takes place and specific scheduling rules. The monitoring period is determined by defining a from and a to date. The scheduling rules enable you to define time periods on specific weekdays during which monitoring takes place. Any number of rules can 16 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

37 be defined, allowing you to set up a complex pattern of resource monitoring for a profile, coering the time periods important to you. The scheduled times are always interpreted as local times, enabling you to set up a single rule that monitors the same local time period in different time zones. For example, if your region coers seeral time zones, but you want to monitor morning actiities in each time zone, a single rule defining the monitoring period of between 08:00 and 13:00 is interpreted locally in each of the time zones, so that you monitor the same relatie period. You should note also that all times of eents or actiities reported from endpoints or gateways are also logged in the local time of the system from where they originated. Thresholds Each resource model defines one or more thresholds. Each threshold has a default numeric alue that you can change when you define the profile. The monitoring algorithm written in the script determines how the resource model uses a threshold. The following are examples of how a resource model can use thresholds: A threshold alue might represent a limit that, if not met, indicates an unsatisfactory resource state. For example, if you want the system to notify you when disk space drops under 70%, set the threshold alue to 70 to generate an indication each time your disk space is less than 70%. Some threshold alues control the scope of what the resource model monitors. For example, the Windows Process resource model uses the Maximum Processes threshold to limit the number processes monitored for the highest usage of CPU. Thus, if you set the Maximum Processes threshold to 5, the resource model only reports on the the fie highest CPU-using processes. You can add a description for each threshold in the Threshold dialog explaining what each alue measures and how it is used within the monitoring algorithm. Chapter 1. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 17

38 18 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

39 Chapter 2. Getting started quick-reference guide for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Table 5 proides a quick-reference table of the installation and setup procedures you must perform before you can use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Table 5. Quick reference for getting started with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Goal Where to find procedures Install the software Set up administrators Assign each administrator the appropriate authorization role for the procedures that the administrator must perform. Note: You must assign Tioli and Domino authorization roles to administrators in the policy regions that you want them to administer. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration Installation and Setup Guide. Appendix A, Authorization roles quick reference on page 265 lists the authorization roles required for each procedure. The Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide describes how to assign authorization roles to Tioli administrators. Set up managed resources Assign the Tmw2kProfile option as a alid type of managed Managing resource types on page 29 resource for the policy region. Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Create serer objects for this product. Serer object on page 35 Set up profiles to monitor Domino serers Set up resource models: 1. Set up the profile for the type of Domino serer you want to monitor. 2. Edit the profile, if necessary, to improe performance or responsieness. Set up profiles to probe Lotus Notes clients Set up probes: 1. Create Domino Performance Stations to probe the Lotus Domino clients that you designate. 2. Create the probes you need and run them one time to test connections. 3. Run probes at interals that are appropriate to test compliance with Serice Leel Agreements (SLAs). Perform management operations on Domino serers Configure and manage Domino serers. Set up tasks and jobs Set up any customized tasks that you require. Create jobs, based on the tasks, that run on a schedule. Also see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 Chapter 6, Working with Domino Performance Stations on page 147 Chapter 5, Working with Lotus Domino Serers on page 111 Chapter 7, Working with tasks and jobs on page 171 Copyright IBM Corp

40 Table 5. Quick reference for getting started with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino (continued) Goal Where to find procedures Connect to the Web Health Console Connect to the Web Health Console so you can iew statistics regarding serer health in the Web Health Console. (Optional Feature) Connect to the Tioli Enterprise Console Set up the Tioli Enterprise Console so that you can monitor potential problems in your distributed enironment. (Optional Feature) Connect to the Tioli Business Systems Manager Set up Tioli Business Systems Manager so that you can monitor potential problems in your distributed enironment. (Optional Feature) Set up or connect to Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Set up Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse so that you can access application reports from arious Tioli and customer applications. Connecting the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console on page 192 Chapter 9, Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation on page 207 Chapter 10, Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 225 Chapter 11, Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse on page 231 (Optional Feature) Back up and restore databases using Tioli Data Protection Back up and restore databases on Domino serers. Chapter 12, Backing up and restoring Domino databases on page IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

41 Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino This chapter describes how to set up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Table 6 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 6. Goals and where to find procedures for setting up the software Goal Where to find procedures Starting Access the interfaces in the Tioli enironment so you can use the operations and functions of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Setting up Authorize persons to hae the roles they need for managing resources in the product. Group similar resources into policy regions that reflect your organization s structures, so you can perform tasks on multiple resources at one time. Add or remoe managed resource types so you can create resource objects later. Create a subscription to a notice group for an administrator so that the administrator can reiew actiity messages that alert him or her to failures that they can preent or correct. Configuring Domino serer objects Configure Domino serer objects to be managed by this software. Starting the Tioli enironment on page 21 Starting the Management Console on page 23 Setting authorization roles on page 23 Managing policy regions on page 26 Managing resource types on page 29 Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35 Delete a Domino serer object. Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console on page 44 Deleting a Domino Serer object on page 49 Starting the Tioli enironment Objectie To access the Tioli enironment so that you can use the operations and functions of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Background information You can access the Tioli desktop or the Tioli command line interface in order to use the operations and functions of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Copyright IBM Corp

42 Collaboration: Lotus Domino. (After you install the product, you can also use the Management Console to perform operations and functions.) The Tioli desktop is a user interface that proides point-and-click access to IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino features and functions. The Tioli desktop proides a central control point for you to organize, manage, and delegate system management operations. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino also proides a command line interface (CLI) that enables you to enter commands from the keyboard. You can use these commands in shell scripts and with system utilities such as the UNIX cron utility. For more information about using commands, refer to the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the desktop of your workstation. Command line: Use one of the following two methods to access the command line interface, depending on whether you use a Windows NT or UNIX operating system: Windows NT 1. Log on to a Windows NT managed node or Tioli management region serer. 2. Click Start and select Command Prompt in the Windows taskbar to open the command prompt window. 3. Enter the following command to run the enironment initialization and setup script: %SystemRoot%\system32\driers\etc\Tioli\setup_en.cmd This command enables you to perform all of the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration operations. UNIX 1. Log on to a UNIX managed node or Tioli management region serer. 2. Run the enironment initialization and setup script. If you are using the Bourne, Korn, or bash shell, run the following command:. /etc/tioli/setup_en.sh If you are using the C shell, run the following command: source /etc/tioli/setup_en.csh Windows NT desktop: 1. Do one of the following to access the login screen of the Tioli desktop: Click Start in the Windows taskbar and select Programs. 22 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

43 Select Tioli and selecttioli a second time. OR Enter the tioli command at a DOS prompt. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual for more information on this command. 2. Type the following alues in the fields of the login screen: Host Machine specifies the Tioli managed node, including the Tioli serer where the Tioli desktop should connect. Log In As specifies the login name to the managed node. Password specifies the password for the specified login name. 3. Click OK to display the Tioli desktop. Starting the Management Console Objectie To access the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Management Console so you can use the operations and functions of this software. Background information The Management Console is a graphical user interface on Windows NT that runs in a Web browser or in the Lotus Notes 5.x client to proide an alternatie to the Tioli desktop. The Jaa 2 RunTime Enironment enables the Management Console. You can run most operations from either user interface with identical results. Required authorization role You start the Management Console and iew managed resources with the following authorization roles: Domino_Admin (You also use this role to perform all operations in the Management Console) Domino_User Setting authorization roles Before you begin Install the Management Console, as described in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration Installation and Setup Guide. The installation routine for the Management Console creates a shortcut to IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration. Use this shortcut to start the Management Console. When you finish Configure and manage IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration. Procedure You can perform this procedure in the Windows desktop of your workstation. Windows desktop: Double-click the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration shortcut on the desktop to start the console. Objectie To authorize persons to hae the roles they need for managing resources in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 23

44 Background information When you authorize roles for the persons who use the product, they can perform operations and access the resources that their jobs require. For example, an administrator needs the following roles, depending on his or her responsibilities: Domino_Admin authorizes the administration of Domino serers. Domino_TDP_Admin authorizes the administration backups of Domino serers. Domino_DPS_Admin authorizes the administration of Domino Performance Stations. The Domino_User role for these three areas of responsibility has less access and fewer capabilities in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Required authorization role senior Before you begin None. When you finish You can add managed resources (objects) to a policy region. See Managing resource types on page 29 for more information on working with arious types of managed resources. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Tioli desktop. Command line: Use the wsetadmin command to set or change resource authorization roles. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual for more information. Desktop: Follow these steps to perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop: 1. Double-click the Administrators icon to display the Administrators dialog box. Figure 9. Administrators dialog box (Desktop) 2. Right-click the existing administrator whose role you want to modify to display the pop-up menu. 3. Select Edit Resource Roles to display the Set Resource Roles dialog box. 24 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

45 Figure 10. Set Resource Roles dialog box (Desktop) 4. Select a resource for which you want to set the administrator s role from the Resources list. Additional information: The roles listed in the Aailable Roles and Current Roles lists depend on the particular applications installed. 5. Add or remoe one or more roles for one or more selected resources as follows: Add Roles a. Do one of the following to add roles for resources: Select one or more roles from those shown in the Aailable Roles scrolling list, and click the left-arrow. The selected roles moe from the Aailable Roles scrolling list to the Current Roles scrolling list. OR Double-click an entry in the Aailable Roles scrolling list to moe it automatically to the Current Roles scrolling list. Note: Moing a role from one list to another only moes the selected roles temporarily to the Current Roles or Aailable Roles scrolling lists. b. Click Change after moing each role or multiple roles. Additional information: The Set Resource Roles dialog box remains displayed until you click Close or Change & Close. c. Click Change & Close to add all of the selected roles for the administrator and return to the Administrators window. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 25

46 Remoe Roles a. Do one of the following to remoe roles for resources: Select one or more roles from those shown in the Current Roles scrolling list, and click the right-arrow. The selected roles moe from the Current Roles scrolling list to the Aailable Roles scrolling list. OR Double-click an entry in the Current Roles scrolling list to moe it automatically to the Aailable Roles scrolling list. Managing policy regions Note: Moing a role from one list to another only moes the selected roles temporarily to the Current Roles or Aailable Roles scrolling lists. b. Click Change after moing each role or multiple roles. Additional information: The Set Resource Roles dialog box remains displayed until you click Close or Change & Close. c. Click Change & Close to remoe all of the selected roles for the administrator and return to the Administrators window. 6. Shut down and restart the Administrator s desktop to actiate these changes. Objectie To create or delete policy regions that group similar resources to reflect your organization s structures, so you can perform tasks on multiple resources at one time. Note: You must create policy regions within the Messaging and Collaboration policy region that the product creates at installation. Automated features of the product are enabled in this policy region. Background information To group resources, you create a policy region of similar resources. You use the policy region to perform a task (such as distributing resource models) one time on multiple resources. By using this procedure you aoid performing the task seeral times on indiidual resources. A policy region is a collection of resources, such as serers or databases, that share one or more common attributes. By grouping similar resources into a single policy region, it is easier to perform tasks on multiple objects that are similar rather than repeating the task multiple times. One way to organize resources is to create policy regions that reflect your organizational or geographical structures. This customizes the product to maintain and manage your resources. For example, you could create policy regions called North_America and South_America to manage site-specific hardware and software. The product installation process creates a top-leel policy region called Messaging and Collaboration. The product components install into this policy region. Create policy regions for Domino serers in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region. The product does not manage any policy regions created outside of the Messaging and Collaboration policy region. In IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, you can organize policy regions hierarchically to match your processes or to match your 26 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

47 company structure. Howeer, make sure that you keep all regions within the Messaging and Collaboration policy region. Note: You can delete a policy region only when it is empty. Required authorization role To create a policy region: admin and senior. To delete a policy region: senior. Before you begin Assign authorization roles, as described in Setting authorization roles on page 23. When you finish If you created a policy region, add managed resources (objects) to the policy region (see Managing resource types on page 29). You can create, clone, and modify policy regions to create the relationships, capabilities, and authorizations that the Tioli management region requires. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide for information on working with policy regions. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wcrtpr command to create a new policy region. The syntax for the command aries depending on the ersion of the Tioli Management Framework you are using. You must hae the resource types that IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino requires, as described in Managing resource types on page 29. For more information on the wcrtpr command, refer to the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual. For example, to create a policy region named Europe_Operations on the desktop of administrator Chris, enter the following command: wcrtpr -a chris Europe_Operations Delete the resources in the policy region that you want to delete, as described in Deleting a Domino Serer object on page 49. Then use the wdelpr command to delete an empty policy region. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual for more information. Desktop: Create a Policy Region 1. Open the Messaging and Collaboration policy region. 2. Click Create and select Subregion to display the Create Policy Region dialog box. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 27

48 Figure 11. Create Policy Region dialog box (Desktop) 3. Type a name for the new policy region in the Name text box. Additional information: The policy region name can include letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, periods, and spaces. The name must be unique within the local Tioli management region. 4. Click Create & Close to create the new policy region and return to the desktop. 5. If necessary, add the resource types that the product requires, as described in Managing resource types on page 29. Delete a Policy Region 1. Double-click the policy region icon to open the Policy Region window. 2. Delete each resource object icon in the window as follows: a. Click the icon for the resource object you want to delete. b. Click Edit and select Delete to delete the resource object. c. Click Yes to confirm deletion of the resource object. 3. Click Close to close the window. 4. Select Delete in the Edit menu to delete the policy region. 5. Click Yes to confirm deletion of the policy region. Management Console: Create a Policy Region 1. Click the Configuration tab. 2. Click the Profiles tab. 3. Click Create Policy Region from the Tools menu to display the Create Policy Region dialog box. Figure 12. Create Policy Region dialog box (Management Console) 4. Select the policy region from the Parent Policy Region drop-down list in which to create the new policy region in the Create Policy Region menu. 28 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

49 5. Enter the name of the new policy region in the New Policy Region Name text box. Additional information: The policy region name can include letters, numbers, underscores, dashes, periods, and spaces. The name must be unique within the local Tioli management region. 6. Click OK to create the new policy region and return to the Management Console. 7. If necessary, add the resource types that the product requires, as described in Managing resource types on page 29. Delete a Policy Region 1. Click the Configuration tab. 2. Click the Profiles tab. 3. If the policy region that you want to delete has resources in it, delete the resources as described in Deleting a Domino Serer object on page Click Delete Policy Region in the Tools menu to display the Delete Policy Region dialog box. Managing resource types Figure 13. Delete Policy Region dialog box (Management Console) 5. Select the policy region that you want to delete from the Policy Region drop-down list. 6. Click OK to delete the policy region and return to the Management Console. 7. If necessary, add the resource types that the product requires, as described in Managing resource types on page 29. Objectie To add a preiously deleted managed resource type so that you can create resource objects of this type, or to remoe a managed resource type that you do not need for the software to manage. Background information A managed resource is any hardware or software on your system or network where Domino is installed and monitored. Resource types determine which types of components you can manage. The managed resource types enable you to create resource objects for those resources that you want to manage. For example, to create a Domino serer object, you must add the LotusDominoSerer managed resource type to the policy region. When you create a policy region in the Tioli desktop or in the Management Console, the component automatically adds the following managed resource types to enable all basic configuration actiity: DominoPerformanceStation, Eents4Profile, LotusDominoSerer, Tmw2kProfile, ProfileManager, and TaskLibrary. These resource types also exist by default in the top-leel policy Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 29

50 region (Messaging and Collaboration) of the product. You only need to add a managed resource type if someone preiously deleted it from a policy region. Required authorization role policy, senior, and super Before you begin Determine which types of resources you want the product to manage. Create the policy region where you want to group the resource objects. See Managing policy regions on page 26 for information on this topic. When you finish Create the objects for the managed resources that you want to manage. See Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35 and Configuring a Domino Performance Station on page 152 for information. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Tioli desktop. Command line: Use the following commands to manage resource types: Use the wgetpr command to list the installed managed resources. Use the wsetpr command to set up the managed resources of a policy region, and to do the following: Assign the policy used in a policy region. Enable or disable policy alidation. OR Add or remoe a managed resource in a policy region. The following is the partial CLI syntax for the wsetpr command. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual for a complete description. wsetpr [ d <default_pol>] [ <alidation_pol>] [ E e] <resource region> wsetpr [ r] <resource region> where: d <default_pol> Specifies the label of the default policy to use for the managed resource. <alidation_pol> Specifies the label of the alidation policy to use for the managed resource. E Displays policy alidation. e Enables policy alidation. r Remoes the specified resource from the policy region. <resource> Specifies the managed resource type. The following managed resource types enable all basic configuration actiity in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: DominoPerformanceStation, Eents4Profile, LotusDominoSerer, Tmw2kProfile, ProfileManager, and TaskLibrary. 30 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

51 <region> Specifies the label of the target policy region. The following example remoes the DominoPerformanceStation resource from the North_America policy region: wsetpr -r Desktop: 1. Double-click the policy region where you want to add a managed resource to display the Policy Region window. 2. Click Properties and select Managed Resources to display the Set Managed Resources dialog box. Figure 14. Set Managed Resources dialog box (Desktop) Additional information: The Current Resources list displays the policy region s current managed resources, and the Aailable Resources list displays the managed resources that you can add to the policy region. 3. Add or remoe one or more resources as follows: Additional information: The following managed resource types enable all basic configuration actiity in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: DominoPerformanceStation, Eents4Profile, LotusDominoSerer, Tmw2kProfile, ProfileManager, and TaskLibrary. Add Resources a. Do one of the following to add resources: Select one or more resources from those shown in the Aailable Resources scrolling list, and click the left-arrow. The selected resources moe from the Aailable Resources scrolling list to the Current Resources scrolling list. OR Double-click an entry in the Aailable Resources scrolling list to moe it automatically to the Current Resources scrolling list. Note: Moing a resource from one list to another only moes the selected resource temporarily to the Current Resources or Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 31

52 Aailable Resources scrolling lists. The Set Managed Resources dialog box remains displayed until you click Close or Set & Close. b. Click Set & Close to add all of the selected Resources for the administrator and return to the Policy Region window. Additional information: This action also causes the Create menu to display any managed resource type that you moed into the Aailable Resources list. Remoe Resources a. Do one of the following to remoe resources: Select one or more resources from those shown in the Current Resources scrolling list, and click the right-arrow. The selected resources moe from the Current Resources scrolling list to the Aailable Resources scrolling list. OR Double-click an entry in the Current Resources scrolling list to moe it automatically to the Aailable Resources scrolling list. Subscribing to notice groups Note: Moing a resource from one list to another only moes the selected resource temporarily to the Current Resources or Aailable Resources scrolling lists. The Set Managed Resources dialog box remains displayed until you click Close or Set & Close. b. Click Set & Close to remoe all of the selected resources for the policy region and return to the Policy Region window. Additional information: This action also causes the Create menu to display any resource that you moed into the Aailable Resources list. Objectie To create a subscription to a notice group for an administrator so that the administrator can reiew actiity messages that alert him or her to failures that they can preent or correct. Background information When you install the software, it creates a notice group called Messaging and Collaboration. The root administrator is the only administrator who subscribes to this group automatically. Any other administrators must subscribe to the group using the subscribing to notice groups procedure. For additional information about notice group subscriptions, see the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. Required authorization role senior Before you begin You must create an administrator before you can subscribe the administrator to a notice group. For information about creating administrators, see the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual. When you finish You can reiew messages and preent or correct failures. 32 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

53 Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wsetadmin command with the n option to subscribe administrators to notice groups from the command line. Use the N option to unsubscribe administrators. The following example subscribes administrator Stee Callahan to the Messaging and Collaboration notice group: wsetadmin -n "Messaging and Collaboration" "Stee Callahan" For more information about this command, see the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual. Desktop: Follow these steps to perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop: 1. Double-click the Administrators icon to open the Administrators window. 2. Right-click the administrator you want to subscribe to the notice groups. 3. Choose Edit Notice Group Subscriptions to display the Set Notice Groups dialog box. Additional information: The Current Notice Groups list displays the notice groups to which the administrator is currently subscribed. The Aailable Notice Groups list displays the notice groups to which the administrator can subscribe. Figure 15. Set Notice Groups dialog box (Desktop) 4. Add or remoe one or more notice groups as follows: Add Notice Groups a. Do one of the following to add notice groups: Select one or more notice groups from those shown in the Aailable Notice Groups scrolling list, and click the left-arrow. The selected notice groups moe from the Aailable Notice Groups scrolling list to the Current Notice Groups scrolling list. OR Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 33

54 Double-click an entry in the Aailable Notice Groups scrolling list to moe it automatically to the Current Notice Groups scrolling list. Note: Moing a notice group from one list to another only moes the selected notice group temporarily to the Current Notice Groups or Aailable Notice Groups scrolling lists. b. Click Change after moing each notice group or multiple notice groups. Additional information: The Edit Notice Group Subscriptions dialog box remains displayed until you click Close or Change & Close. c. Click Change & Close to add all of the selected notice groups for the administrator and return to the Administrators window. Remoe Notice Groups a. Do one of the following to remoe notice groups: Select one or more notice groups from those shown in the Current Notice Groups scrolling list, and click the right-arrow. The selected notice groups moe from the Current Notice Groups scrolling list to the Aailable Notice Groups scrolling list. OR Double-click an entry in the Current Notice Groups scrolling list to moe it automatically to the Aailable Notice Groups scrolling list. Note: Moing a notice group from one list to another only moes the selected notice group temporarily to the Current Notice Groups or Aailable Notice Groups scrolling lists. b. Click Change after moing each notice group or multiple notice groups. Additional information: The Set Notice Groups dialog box remains displayed until you click Close or Change & Close. c. Click Change & Close to remoe all of the selected notice groups for the policy region and return to the Administrators window. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab. 2. Click the Profiles tab in the upper left corner of the window. 3. Click the Subscribers tab in the middle section of the window. 4. Click Edit Subscribers list on the menu bar between the Subscribers tab and the Subscribers list to display the Edit Subscriber List. 34 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

55 Figure 16. Edit Subscriber List dialog box (Management Console) 5. Moe a subscriber between the Aailable Subscribers list and the Current Subscribers list by doing the following: a. Click a subscriber name on either list to select it. b. Click the arrow that points toward the list in which you want to place the selected subscriber. The subscriber name is displayed in the list toward which the arrow pointed. c. Click OK to close the dialog box. Additional information: You can also double-click a single subscriber name to moe it, or you can moe multiple subscribers by dragging oer two or more consecutie subscriber names before clicking the arrow. The subscriber name is displayed in the Subscribers list. Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object Objectie To locate a Domino serer that you want to manage in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, to capture the serer configuration information, and to configure it as a serer object in this product. Note: You can use this procedure to configure each Domino serer that you want to manage. Howeer, in the Management Console, you can use the automated serer configuration features of the Management Console to configure one or more Domino serers, as described in Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console on page 44. Background information A Domino serer is represented in a Tioli policy region by an object of the type LotusDominoSerer. Another object that is unique to this product is DominoPerformanceStation. This product performs automatic discoery and configuration through the first serer that is configured, which is the reference point for finding all other serers. In the Management Console, this reference serer is called the source serer. The Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 35

56 serer that is your reference point can be any serer object. This procedure for locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino serer object describes how you can create a serer object to use as the reference point for configuring other serers. It is recommended that you configure the Lotus Domino Registration serer to be the serer that is your reference point for configuring other serers. You can perform this procedure while the target Domino serer is running or while the serer is down. As part of the configuration process the Tioli enironment installs 2.5 MB of software including the following items: resource models that match the serer type, two ersions of the Tioli addin, and a binary file that enables the product to start the Domino serer. The Tioli enironment also adds the Lotus Domino Serer to the appropriate profile manager based on the serer s type. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino can locate Domino serers on any endpoint in the Tioli management region. The locate serer operation speeds configuration of a single serer by capturing configuration information from the endpoint. Note: The functionality for locating a serer detects only serers that are not already configured for this product. The command for locating a serer finds the endpoint and gathers configuration data on the serer. On UNIX systems, it searches the /opt/lotus/.install.dat file. On Windows NT, the command searches the Serices registry. This command then displays a dialog box with all aailable information filled in. You can configure one or more Lotus Domino Serer instances on an endpoint. When the endpoint serer is partitioned and contains more than one instance of the Lotus Domino Serer, use the wtmdlocateserer command as described in the command line procedure in this section. If you use a Lotus Domino serer configuration document to manage the SererTasks entry in the notes.ini file, you must update the configuration document as follows: Add tioli46 to the list of SererTasks. OR Add tioli50 to the list of SererTasks. The configuration procedures in Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console on page 44 describe how to make this update to the Lotus Domino Serer configuration document. Table 7 contains a list of the properties for Domino serers and a description of each one. Notice that some properties are required and others are not required. Table 7. Domino serer properties Property Required Description ObjectLabel Yes Label assigned to the Domino serer object. The default label is the common Domino serer name. Endpoint Name Yes Name of the endpoint where the Domino serer is located. INI File Location Yes Full path name of the notes.ini file. 36 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

57 Table 7. Domino serer properties (continued) Property Required Description Policy Region Yes Name of the existing policy region in which you want the new serer object to reside, or name of a new policy region in which you want the new serer object to reside. Note: When you type a name in this text box, the product creates a new policy region with that name, if it does not already exist. The policy region is a sub-region in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region. Serer Password No If specified, the password for this serer s ID file that is used to start the serer. The serer password is required if the Domino serer is password protected. You use this parameter to perform an unattended start of a serer that has a password protected serer.id file. Note: This parameter is not supported for Windows NT serers. Addin Port Yes Port number to use for the Tioli addin process. Mail Database Serer No Type of Domino serer. A serer can hae multiple serer types. Web Serer No Type of Domino serer. A serer can hae multiple serer types. Mail Router Serer No Type of Domino serer. A serer can hae multiple serer types. Application Serer No Type of Domino serer. A serer can hae multiple serer types. News Serer No Type of Domino serer. A serer can hae multiple serer types. Note: The following properties are related to the optional backup capabilities in this product. The properties are optional. Howeer, when you specify one of the following properties, you must specify all of these properties, with one exception: if there is no TDP Password, you can leae that text box empty. TDP Program Directory No Directory where Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is installed. TSM API Directory No Directory where the Tioli Storage Manager API files are installed. TDP Configuration File No Name of the Tioli Data Protection configuration file, relatie to the program directory that you specify in the TDP Program Directory text box. The default name of the configuration file is domdsm.cfg. TDP Options File No Name of the Tioli Data Protection options file, relatie to the program directory that you specify in the TDP Program Directory text box. The default name of the options file is dsm.opt. TDP User No Name of the Tioli Data Protection user. TDP Password No Password, if any, for the Tioli Data Protection user. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 37

58 Before you begin The systems on which Domino is installed must be configured as endpoints in the Tioli enironment. See the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: Reference Manual for more information on this topic. The Domino serer can be running while you perform this procedure. On Windows, the Domino serer must be configured as a Windows NT Serer Serice. On Windows, you cannot locate a Domino serer that does not hae its notes.ini file location information within the serice control registry. When you finish If you create a Domino serer object while the Domino serer is down, you must start the serer as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. This action is an integral part of the serer configuration process. After the serer is configured, you can start the serer in whateer way is most conenient. If the Domino serer runs Lotus Domino, Version 5.x, and you created the Domino serer object while the serer was up, you must restart the serer before you can use the mail tracing functionality of this product. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: The wtmdlocateserer and wtmdcreateserer commands locate Domino serers and create serer objects in the Tioli enironment. This section summarizes the serer configuration process. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a complete description of these commands. 1. Use the wtmdlocateserer command to locate a Domino serer. For example, to locate a Domino serer or serers on endpoint Jersey, type the following command: wtmdlocateserer Jersey The command returns a list of the serers found on that endpoint. The following example shows the results for a partitioned serer that contains two Lotus Domino Serers: Serer Name INI File Location Domain Port ========================================================= Freddy/Sales/IBMUS C:\domino\notes.ini IBMUS 3000 Speedy/IBMUK C:\lotus\notes.ini IBMUK Using the information in the report, enter the wtmdcreateserer command to create the serer object in Tioli. For example, the following command defines Freddy/Sales/IBMUS as a Domino serer object named MailSrr1 on the endpoint Jersey with an.ini file located at C:\domino\notes.ini. The command creates a serer object in the Sales policy region. The software communicates with the serer using port The TYPE argument identifies the serer as a mail database serer. Example for UNIX-based operating systems: wtmdcreateserer MailSrr1 Jersey C:\\domino\\notes.ini Sales TYPE=Mail Example for Windows-based operating systems: wtmdcreateserer MailSrr1 Jersey C:\domino\notes.ini Sales TYPE=Mail 3. Choose one of the following actions: 38 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

59 If the Domino serer was running while you performed the preceding steps, go to Step 4. OR If the Domino serer was down while you performed the preceding steps, you must use one of the following methods to start the serer: Additional information: Always use one of the following methods to start a Domino serer on Windows systems. Use the Management Console as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. OR On Windows, use the Serices user interface in the Windows Control Panel to start the Lotus Domino Serer serice. Note: You might disable functionality in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration if you use an executable or use a Start menu item in the Windows taskbar to start the Domino serer. 4. If you do not use a Lotus Domino Serer configuration document to manage the Domino serer, go to Step If you use a Lotus Domino Serer configuration document, do the following: a. If your Lotus Domino Serer configuration document does not specify serer tasks in the SererTasks field of the configuration document, go to Step 6. b. If your Lotus Domino Serer configuration document does specify serer tasks in the SererTasks field of the configuration document, do the following: 1) Copy the SererTasks specifications from the notes.ini file of the Domino serer. Additional information: When you create a Domino serer object, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration adds one of the following items to the beginning of the SererTasks specification: tioli46, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 4.6.x tioli50, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 5.x The following example shows typical SererTasks specifications for a configured Domino serer: SererTasks=tioli50,Replica,Router,Update,Stats,AMgr,Adminp,Sched, \ CalConn,Eent 2) Access the serer configuration document in the Lotus Domino user interface. 3) Paste the alues you copied in Step 5b1 into the SererTasks field. Additional information: The string alue for the addin for this product (which is tioli46 or tioli50) must be the first task named in the field. 4) Sae the modifications you made to the configuration document. 6. Begin to use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration to manage and monitor the Domino serer, as described in Chapter 5, Working with Lotus Domino Serers on page 111 and in subsequent chapters. Desktop: Follow these steps to locate a serer from the Tioli desktop: 1. Double-click the Messaging and Collaboration policy region icon or the policy region icon for the region to which you are adding a Domino serer. The Policy Region window is displayed. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 39

60 2. Click Create and select LotusDominoSerer to display the Create Domino Serer dialog box. Figure 17. Create Domino Serer dialog box (Desktop) Note: If LotusDominoSerer is not listed in the Create menu, follow the procedure in Managing resource types on page 29 to add this managed resource type to the policy region and to the Create menu. 3. Do one of the following: If you want to hae this product locate the serer: a. Enter the endpoint name and click Locate. b. Enter the missing information and click Configure. OR If you already know the serer properties and want to enter them yourself, leae the Endpoint Name text box blank and click Adanced to display the Create Domino Serer dialog box. 4. Click Configure. Additional information: This product registers the serer object, creates an icon for the serer, and displays a Serer Successfully Created message. Click View and select Refresh to see the new icon on the desktop. If you perform this procedure in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region, but define a different policy region as the target, you must naigate to that policy region to see the serer object that you created. It can take up to 10 minutes to complete the configuration based on network traffic, serer load, and so on. 5. Choose one of the following actions: If the Domino serer was running while you performed the preceding steps, go to Step 6. OR If the Domino serer was down while you performed the preceding steps, you must use one of the following methods to start the serer: Additional information: Always use one of the following methods to start a Domino serer on Windows systems. Use the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration user interface as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. OR On Windows, use the Serices user interface in the Windows Control Panel to start the Lotus Domino Serer serice. Note: You might disable functionality in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration if you use an executable or use a Start menu item in the Windows taskbar to start the Domino serer. 6. If you do not use a Lotus Domino Serer configuration document to manage the Domino serer, go to Step IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

61 7. If your Lotus Domino Serer configuration document does not specify serer tasks in the SererTasks field of the configuration document, go to Step Copy the SererTasks specifications from the notes.ini file of the Domino serer. Additional information: When you create a Domino serer object, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration adds one of the following items to the beginning of the SererTasks specification: tioli46, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 4.6.x tioli50, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 5.x The following example shows typical SererTasks specifications for a configured Domino serer: SererTasks=tioli50,Replica,Router,Update,Stats,AMgr,Adminp,Sched, \ CalConn,Eent 9. Access the serer configuration document in the Lotus Domino user interface. 10. Paste the alues you copied in Step 8 into the SererTasks field, placing the string alue for the addin for this software (tioli46 or tioli50) as the first task named in the field 11. Sae the modifications you made to the configuration document. 12. Begin to use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration to manage and monitor the Domino serer, as described in Chapter 5, Working with Lotus Domino Serers on page 111 and in subsequent chapters. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab to display the configuration iew of the Management Console. 2. Click the Serer tab in the upper left corner of the window. 3. Click Configure Source Serer in the Tools - Directories drop-down bar. The Configure Source Serer dialog box is displayed. Figure 18. Configure Source Serer dialog box (Management Console) 4. Click Add to display the basic iew of the Create Domino Serer dialog box. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 41

62 Figure 19. Create Domino Serer dialog box (Management Console) 5. Use one of the following methods to select an endpoint to configure: Note: It is recommended that the Lotus Domino Registration serer be the first serer that you configure for this product. If you know the name of the endpoint that you want to configure, enter this name directly into the Endpoint text box. OR Click the Browse icon to the right of the Endpoint text box to display a list where you can select an endpoint. 6. Click Locate to begin the process of locating the serer. Additional information: The populated Create Domino Serer dialog box is displayed. The Basics tab is selected in this iew and all aailable configuration information is displayed in the fields of this tab. Figure 20. Create Domino Serer dialog box Basics tab (Management Console) Note: If you know all configuration parameters for a Domino serer, you can click Adanced instead of Locate. The Create Domino Serer dialog box with the Basics tab is displayed so that you can enter the required alues. 42 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

63 7. Enter missing alues, if any, and in the Type area, select the type or types that match the role that the Domino serer plays in the Domino domain. Additional information: See Table 7 on page 36 for a description of all fields in this dialog box. 8. (Optional) If you are managing backups with Tioli Data Protection and Tioli Storage Manager, enter missing alues, if any, in the Backup subtab of the Create Domino Serer dialog box. Note: Do not enter alues in these text boxes if you do not hae Tioli Data Protection and Tioli Storage Manager. Figure 21. Create Domino Serer dialog box Backup tab (Management Console) 9. Click Configure to finish creating the serer object. Additional information: The Configure Source Serer dialog box is displayed and shows the endpoint that you configured in the Aailable list box. 10. Double-click the endpoint name to moe it to the Selected list box and click OK. The endpoint is displayed in the list of serers in the table in the Management Console. Additional information: After you configure the source (first) serer in the Domino domain, all Domino serers appear in the Configuration iew of the Management Console. Serers that are not configured as serer objects in this product hae the letter U (for Unconfigured) inthestatus column of their row. 11. Choose one of the following actions: If the Domino serer was running while you performed the preceding steps, go to Step 12. OR If the Domino serer was down while you performed the preceding steps, use one of the following methods to start the serer: Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 43

64 Additional information: Always use one of the following methods to start a Domino serer on Windows systems. Use the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration user interface as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. OR On Windows, use the Serices user interface in the Windows Control Panel to start the Lotus Domino Serer serice. Note: You might disable functionality in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration if you use an executable or use a Start menu item in the Windows taskbar to start the Domino serer. 12. If you do not use a Lotus Domino Serer configuration document to manage the Domino serer, go to Step If your Lotus Domino Serer configuration document does not specify serer tasks in the SererTasks field of the configuration document, go to Step Copy the SererTasks specifications from the notes.ini file of the Domino serer. Additional information: When you create a Domino serer object, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration adds one of the following items to the beginning of the SererTasks specification: tioli46, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 4.6.x tioli50, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 5.x The following example shows typical SererTasks specifications for a configured Domino serer: SererTasks=tioli50,Replica,Router,Update,Stats,AMgr,Adminp,Sched, \ CalConn,Eent 15. Access the serer configuration document in the Lotus Domino user interface. 16. Paste the alues you copied in Step 14 into the SererTasks field. Additional information: The string alue for the addin for this product (which is tioli46 or tioli50) must be the first task named in the field. 17. Sae the modifications you made to the configuration document. 18. Begin to use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration to manage and monitor the Domino serer, as described in Chapter 5, Working with Lotus Domino Serers on page 111 and in subsequent chapters. Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console Objectie To discoer and configure one or more Domino serers after you configure a first serer in the Domino domain, as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. Background information Because the Management Console presents a composite iew of Domino serers in the Tioli management region, it offers the following functionality that does not exist when you use the Tioli desktop or the CLI: Discoery of all Domino serers in a Domino domain after you configure the first (or source) serer in the domain, which is described in the current procedure. 44 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

65 Configuration of multiple serers at one time when serers share parameters such as location of.ini files, policy regions, and port numbers. Dynamic display of all configured serers in a tabular format for quick inspection of names, configuration status, and other attributes. This software performs automatic discoery and configuration through the first serer that is configured, which is the reference point for finding all other serers. In the Management Console, this reference serer is called the source serer. The serer that is your reference point can be any serer object. Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35 describes how you can create a serer object to use as the reference point for configuring other serers. It is recommended that you configure the Lotus Domino Registration serer to be the serer that is your reference point for configuring other serers. The Management Console gies Domino serers one of the following state codes in the State column within the Serers pane of the Configuration tab: U Serer is not configured for this software UM Configuration settings modified, but serer is not configured for this software C Serer is configured for this software CM Configuration settings modified, and serer is already configured for this software Note: Use this procedure to modify configuration settings of unconfigured serers. See Editing serer properties on page 122 to edit the configuration settings of configured serers. You can perform this procedure while the target Domino serer is running or while the serer is down. As part of the configuration process the Tioli enironment installs 2.5 MB of software including the following items: resource models that match the serer type, two ersions of the Tioli addin, and a binary file that enables the product to start the Domino serer. The Tioli enironment also adds the Lotus Domino Serer to the appropriate profile manager based on the serer s type. Configuration of Domino serers works best when only one instance of Lotus Domino Serer exists on the endpoint. When the endpoint serer is partitioned and contains more than one instance of the Lotus Domino Serer, use the wtmdlocateserer command as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. You can perform this procedure while a Domino serer is up or down. If you use a Lotus Domino serer configuration document to manage the SererTasks entry in the notes.ini file, you must update the configuration document as follows Add tioli46 to the list of SererTasks. OR Add tioli50 to the list of SererTasks. The configuration procedures in Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console on page 44 describe how to make this update to the Lotus Domino Serer configuration document. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 45

66 Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin You must create a first Domino serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. This Domino serer enables automatic discoery and configuration of other Domino serers. The Domino serers can be running while you perform this procedure. On Windows the Domino serer must be configured as a Windows NT Serer Serice. When you finish If you create a Domino serer object while the Domino serer is down, you must start the serer as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. This action is an integral part of the serer configuration process. After the serer is configured, you can start the serer in whateer way is most conenient. If the Domino serer runs Lotus Domino, Version 5.x, and you created the Domino serer object while the serer was up, you must restart the serer before you can use the mail tracing functionality of this software. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Management Console only. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab to display the configuration iew of the Management Console. 2. Click the Serers tab in the upper left corner of the window. 3. Click Configure Source Serer in the Tools - Directories drop-down bar. The Configure Source Serer dialog box is displayed. 4. Select the name of the serer that you want to define as the source serer in the Aailable list box. Additional information: If the name of the serer is located in the Selected list box, click Cancel from the dialog box and proceed to Step 7 because that serer has already been selected as the source serer. It is recommended, but not required, that you select only one source serer for each Domino domain. If you select more than one source serer, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino must perform extra work to process information from both serers. 5. Double-click a serer name in the Aailable list box to transfer the name to the Selected list box. 6. Click OK. Additional information: The list of serers in the Configuration tab refreshes to display all the Domino serers that are listed in the Lotus Name and Address Book database file (names.nsf) of the source serer. 7. Click the name of the unconfigured serer that you want to configure. Additional information: Unconfigured serers display a U in the State column. If you want to configure multiple serers, click in the column to the left of the serer list to place a check mark beside the name of each serer that you want to configure. 8. Click Edit in the toolbar aboe the serer list to display the Edit dialog box. 46 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

67 Additional information: If you select only one serer in the Serer pane, that serer name is selected by default in the Apply changes to area. If you select multiple serers, the All selected serers option is selected in the Apply changes to area. Figure 22. Edit dialog box Basics tab (Management Console) 9. Prepare text boxes of the Edit dialog box, if necessary. If you are configuring a single serer, all text boxes are enabled and you can go to Step 10. If you are configuring multiple serers, click the check box to the left of each text box label to enable the text boxes that you want to edit. Note: When you configure multiple serers, the software applies the changes you enter to all serers that you designate. For example, all the serers you configure are created in the policy region that you name in the Policy Region text box. 10. Enter missing alues, if any, for the Basic and Backup tabs. Additional information: You can edit all alues in the Edit dialog box when you configure an indiidual serer. You can edit only the following properties when you configure multiple serers: INI File Location, Policy Region, Serer Password, Port, Type, and properties in the Backup tab. See Table 7 on page 36 for a description of all fields in this dialog box. Note: Do not enter alues in the Backup tab of the Edit dialog box if you do not hae Tioli Data Protection and Tioli Storage Manager software installed. 11. Click Sae. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 47

68 Note: Your edits do not take effect when you click Sae. Your edits take effect when you use the Configure tool located aboe the serer list in the Serers pane, as described later in this procedure. 12. (Optional) To clear all settings you made in the Edit dialog box, click the Refresh tool located aboe the serer list in the Serers pane of the Configuration tab of the Management Console. 13. Click the Configure tool located aboe the serer list in the Serers pane to display the Configure dialog box. Figure 23. Configure dialog box (Management Console) 14. Select one of the following options in the Configure Option area: Click the option for a specific serer if you want to configure only that serer. Click the All modified serers option if you want to configure all serers whose configuration settings hae been modified. Click the All selected serers option if you want to configure all serers beside which you hae placed a check mark in the Serers pane of the Configuration tab. 15. Click Execute. 16. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to configure the serer or serers and return to the Configure dialog box. 17. Reiew the results of the configuration in the Results column of the table in the Results area of the Configure dialog box. 18. Click Close. 19. Choose one of the following actions: If the Domino serer was running while you performed the preceding steps, go to Step 20. OR If the Domino serer was down while you performed the preceding steps, you must use one of the following methods to start the serer: 48 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

69 Additional information: Always use one of the following methods to start a Domino serer on Windows systems. Use the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration user interface as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. OR On Windows, use the Serices user interface in the Windows Control Panel to start the Lotus Domino Serer serice. Note: You might disable functionality in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration if you use an executable or use a Start menu item in the Windows taskbar to start the Domino serer. 20. If you do not use a Lotus Domino Serer configuration document to manage the Domino serer, go to Step If your Lotus Domino Serer configuration document does not specify serer tasks in the SererTasks field of the configuration document, go to Step Copy the SererTasks specifications from the notes.ini file of the Domino serer. Additional information: When you create a Domino serer object, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration adds one of the following items to the beginning of the SererTasks specification: tioli46, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 4.6.x tioli50, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 5.x The following example shows typical SererTasks specifications for a configured Domino serer: SererTasks=tioli50,Replica,Router,Update,Stats,AMgr,Adminp,Sched, \ CalConn,Eent 23. Access the serer configuration document in the Lotus Domino user interface. 24. Paste the alues you copied in Step 22 into the SererTasks field, placing the string alue for the addin for this software (tioli46 or tioli50) as the first task named in the field. 25. Sae the modifications you made to the configuration document. 26. Begin to use IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration to manage and monitor the Domino serer, as described in Chapter 5, Working with Lotus Domino Serers on page 111 and in subsequent chapters. Deleting a Domino Serer object Objectie To delete a Domino serer object (managed resource). Background information This process deletes the serer object that permits IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino to manage the associated serer. It also cleans up all modifications made to the system for managing this serer with this software, including remoing entries within eents, remoing entries from notes.ini, and remoing any program files placed on the endpoint. Note: When you complete this procedure, the Domino serer is no longer configured to be managed by this software. Howeer, the Domino serer continues to function as an endpoint in the Tioli management region. The Domino serers can be running while you perform this procedure. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 49

70 Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin When you finish If you are deleting the last serer object, you might want to completely uninstall IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. If you use a Lotus Domino Serer configuration document to manage the Domino serer and that serer configuration document includes SererTasks specifications, modify the document as follows: Note: If you fail to make these modifications, the configuration document periodically generates a harmless error message stating that Lotus Domino is unable to locate the addin for this software, which is one of the following alues: tioli46, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 4.6.x tioli50, if you are running Lotus Domino, Version 5.x 1. Access the serer configuration document in the Lotus Domino user interface. 2. Access the SererTasks specification for the configuration document. 3. Delete the string alue for the addin for this software: tioli46 or tioli50. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use one of the following commands to delete serer objects from a Domino serer: wtmddeleteserer command wruntask command with the Delete Serer task See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Delete Serer. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Open the Policy Region window for the regions that contain the Domino serer. 2. Select the icon of the Domino serer that you want delete. 3. Click Edit and select Delete to display the Delete Objects? dialog box. 50 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

71 Figure 24. Delete Objects? dialog box (Desktop) 4. Click Yes to delete the serer object from the selected serer. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab to display the configuration iew of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer whose serer object you want to delete in the Serer list of the Serer tab. Additional information: Configured serers display a C in the State column. You can select multiple serers from which to delete serer objects. Click in the column to the left of the Serer list to place a check mark beside the name of each serer whose serer object you want to delete. 3. Click Unconfigure in the toolbar aboe the serer list to display the Unconfigure dialog box. Figure 25. Unconfigure dialog box (Management Console) 4. Do one of the following: Select the option for the name of the specific serer in the Unconfigure area. OR Select the All selected serers option to unconfigure multiple serers that you hae selected in Step 2. Chapter 3. Setting up IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino 51

72 5. Click Execute. 6. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box to unconfigure the serer or serers and return to the Unconfigure dialog box. 7. Reiew the results of the configuration in the Results column of the table in the Results area of the Unconfigure dialog box. 8. Click Close. 52 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

73 Chapter 4. Working with resource models This chapter proides an oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring, a suggested order for how to set up IBM Tioli Monitoring to work with Domino resource models in your enironment, and the steps for procedures necessary for setting up and running resource models. Oeriew of IBM Tioli Monitoring The Tioli Workbench is a programming tool for creating, modifying, debugging, and packaging resource models for use with IBM Tioli Monitoring products. Samples of Best Practice Resource Models hae also been proided for your usage within the Tioli Workbench. These Resource Models are intended to be used as working examples for your usage in creating new resource models. Customers need to hae a current Tioli Maintenance & Support Contract to get assistance with problem and issues relatie to the operation of the Tioli workbench. IBM Tioli Monitoring proides preconfigured best practices resource models and the ability to modify these resource models to automate the monitoring of essential resources such as hardware, software, or data entities. This allows you to detect bottlenecks and other potential problems and define automatic recoery from critical situations. This ability frees system administrators from manually scanning extensie performance data. The monitoring software integrates with other Tioli Aailability solutions, including Tioli Business Systems Manager and Tioli Enterprise Console. This software was preiously called Tioli Distributed Monitoring (Adanced Edition). A resource model captures and returns information, such as database status or serer aailability, about a resource or software application in the Tioli management enironment. To use a resource model, you must define and distribute it to an endpoint. Tioli proides tools for organizing resource models on the Tioli desktop. A profile manager is the top leel of organization. Serers are subscribed to profile managers. These subscriptions proide the channel through which resource models are distributed to serers. A profile manager also can contain profiles, which are containers for application-specific information about a particular type of resource. Each profile contains one or more resource models. You can subscribe resources to a predefined profile manager. You can distribute indiidual profiles within the profile manager to subscribers of the profile manager. You can group profile managers in a way that meets your needs. Profile managers can reflect functional grouping of resources, functional grouping of resource models, or any other grouping. Likewise, a profile can contain any combination of resource models. You must segregate profiles according to resources: Web serers need Web serer resource models, and database serers need database serer resource models. You can define each resource model to include information such as how often to check the status and what to do when certain conditions are met. Some resource models proide predefined settings and response actions, which you can adjust. Other resource models require you to define all the settings. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of indiidual settings. Copyright IBM Corp

74 Before running a resource model, you must subscribe the serer resource to the profile manager that contains the profile in which the resource model is stored. You can then distribute the profile to the resource. By default, resource models are set up to become actie when you distribute them to subscribers. You can actiate and deactiate resource models after they are distributed. View the information being monitored by your resource models using the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console, Tioli Enterprise Console, Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse, or Tioli Business System Management. Suggested guidelines for setting up your resource models Table 8 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter in the order in which you should set up monitoring information. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. As you become more familiar with ITM, you will discoer additional ways of working with resource models that may better fit the needs of your enironment. For additional or adanced information on Distributed Monitoring in the Tioli enironment, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide. Table 8. Goals and where to find procedures for working with IBM Tioli Monitoring Goal Where to find procedures 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. This makes the distribution of resource models more efficient. You might need to set up multiple profile managers and profiles within the profile managers to meet the needs of your enironment. 2. Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. This determines which resources receie a profile when the profile is distributed. Profiles contain resource models to run against the endpoints (see Step 3). 3. Populate each profile manager and profile with resource models for the resource that you want to monitor. You can include resource models with default settings or resource models with modified settings to best meet the needs of your enironment. Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62 Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page Modify resource model settings. Customizing indications on page 74 Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80 Sending a notice when an eent occurs on page 83 Customizing parameters on page 85 Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88 Customizing data logging information on page IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

75 Table 8. Goals and where to find procedures for working with IBM Tioli Monitoring (continued) Goal Where to find procedures 5. Creating custom resource models using the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench. 6. For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. Distribute the profile. Determine if you need to rerun any failed distributions. See the Creating resource models using the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench appendix in the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 Rerunning a failed distribution on page 107 Creating profile managers and profiles Objectie Set up profile managers and profiles so you can organize and distribute resource models more efficiently. You might need to set up multiple profile managers and profiles within the profile managers to meet the needs of your enironment. Background information You can create profile managers and profiles in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region or in any policy region nested within it. The installation routine automatically creates this policy region and also the Domino Performance Station Region policy region. A monitoring profile is a group of defined resource models that you can distribute (download or push) to a subscribed (marked to receie) managed resource in a profile manager. In addition to actiating default resource models, profile managers and profiles can group resources to enable simultaneous monitoring of multiple resources. The profile managers in this product can be hierarchically organized. The profile manager is the top leel of the organization and contains specific profiles that contain specific resource models. Instances and databases are then subscribed to the profile managers, which enable the monitoring information to be channeled to those resources. You can create an unlimited number of profile managers, but it is recommended that they reflect some logical or functional grouping of serer resources or the organizational structure of your business. For example, profile managers could be labeled Sales and Marketing, Administration and Finance, and Operations to reflect the business of your organization. Table 9 on page 56 lists the profile managers that exist by default in this product. These profile managers correspond to the roles of Domino serers, for example Web serers, mail serers, or database serers. The profile managers contain resource models that monitor serer characteristics that are important to the role of the Domino serer. For example, the Domino 4.6 SMTP MTA Serers profile Chapter 4. Working with resource models 55

76 manager contains the Domino SMTP Mail Statistics Monitor resource model to monitor mail statistics for the number of mail items in the SMTPMTA.Dead and the SMTPMTA.Waiting states. Table 9. Profile managers and their default resource models Profile manager Resource models within the profile manager by default For serers that run Lotus Domino, Version 4.6.x Domino 4.6 Application Serers None Domino 4.6 Basic Serers Domino Serer Aailability Domino Serer Health Domino 4.6 Mail Database Serers Domino Database Management Domino 4.6 Mail Router Serers Domino Mail Statistics Monitor Domino 4.6 News Serers None Domino 4.6 SMTP MTA Serers Domino SMTP Mail Statistics Monitor Domino 4.6 Web Serers None For serers that run Lotus Domino, Version 5.x Domino 5.0 Application Serers None Domino 5.0 Basic Serers Domino Serer Aailability Domino Serer Health Domino 5.0 IMAP Serers None Domino 5.0 LDAP Serers None Domino 5.0 Mail Database Serers Domino Database Management Domino 5.0 Mail Router Serers Domino Mail Statistics Monitor Domino 5.0 News Serers None Domino 5.0 POP3 Serers None Domino 5.0 SMTP Serers Domino SMTP Mail Statistics Monitor Domino 5.0 Web Serers None For serers that run Domino Performance Stations Domino Performance Station Resource Models Each probe you create has a profile in this profile manager. Each profile contains all aailable resource models for probing. See Chapter 6, Working with Domino Performance Stations on page 147 for more information. You can create a dataless profile manager that distributes profiles without regard to the existence of a database on its subscribers. A dataless profile manager distributes to the system files on endpoints and other managed resources that hae a profile database. Howeer, it bypasses the profile database on these systems. Therefore, profiles are aailable only with database profile managers. A profile manager (database or dataless) cannot subscribe to a dataless profile manager. Likewise, dataless profile managers cannot distribute to other profile managers because they require profiles to be written to a profile database. Required authorization role senior 56 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

77 Before you begin Set up the Tmw2kProfile managed resource types. Refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for information. When you finish Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager to determine which resources receie a profile when the profile is distributed. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: 1. Use the wcrtprfmgr command to create a profile manager. For example, to create a profile manager called ProfMgr2 in the TestRegion policy region, enter the following command: ProfMgr2 2. Use the wsetpm command to make the policy manager operate in dataless mode. For example, to make the profile manager ProfMgr2 dataless, enter the following command: wsetpm where: -d Specifies that the profile manager operates in a dataless mode. 3. Use the wcrtprf command to create a profile. For example, to create a profile called MarketingProf2 in the ProfMgr2 profile manager, enter the following command: MarketingProfile MarketingProf2 For additional information about these commands, see the Tioli Management Framework Reference Manual. Desktop: 1. Open the Policy Region dialog box by double-clicking the policy region icon: Figure 26. Policy region icon 2. Click Create and select Profile Manager to display the Create Profile Manager dialog box. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 57

78 Figure 27. Create Profile Manager dialog box (Desktop) 3. Type a unique name in the Name/Icon Label text box. 4. Optional: Select the Dataless Endpoint Mode check box to create the profile manager in dataless mode. Additional information: The policy region in Figure 28 contains two profile manager icons, manufacturing and operations. The feathers under the operations profile manager indicate that it is a dataless profile manager. Figure 28. Dataless profile manager icon (Desktop) 5. Click Create & Close to close the Create Profile Manager dialog box. 6. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the Profile Manager dialog box. 58 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

79 Figure 29. Profile Manager dialog box (Desktop) 7. Click Create and select Profile to display the Create Profile dialog box. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 59

80 Figure 30. Create Profile dialog box (Desktop) 8. Type a unique name for the profile in the Name/Icon text box. 9. Select the Tmw2kProfile resource from the Type list. 10. Click Create & Close. An icon for the new profile is displayed in the Profiles area of the Profile Manager window. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the policy region in which you want to create a profile manager or to access the profile manager in which you want to create a profile. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. Note: Since a profile resides in a profile manager, decide which profile manager to put the new profile you create in, or create a new profile manager before you create a new profile. 2. If you want to create a profile manager, do the following: a. Click Create in the Profile Managers Tools bar on the right side of the Configuration tab window to display the Create Profile Manager dialog box. Figure 31. Create Profile Manager dialog box (Management Console) 60 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

81 b. Select the policy region in which you want the profile manager to reside from the Policy Region drop-down list. c. Type the name of the profile manager in the Profile Manager Name text box. Additional information: The policy region name can include letters, underscores, dashes, periods, and spaces. The name must be unique within the local Tioli management region. d. Click OK to create the profile manager. Additional information: The name of the new profile manager is displayed in the tree iew under the policy region you specified. 3. If you want to create a profile, do the following: a. Click the profile manager in which you want the profile to reside in the tree iew. Additional information: If the profile manager already has profiles, a list of the profile names is displayed in the Profiles list. b. Click Add Profile in the menu bar under the Profiles tab to display the Add Profile dialog box is displayed, with Tmw2kProfile in the Profile Type drop-down list Additional information: Tmw2kProfile is the profile type that contains resource models. Figure 32. Add Profile dialog box (Management Console) c. Type the name of the profile you want to add in the Profile Name text box. d. Click OK. Additional information: The name and type of the profile is displayed in the Profiles list. Delete a profile 1. Select the profile you want to delete from the Profiles list. 2. Click Delete Profile in the menu bar between the Profiles tab and the Profiles list to display the Delete Profile dialog box, with a question, Proceed to delete these profiles?, and a field with the name of the selected profile. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 61

82 Figure 33. Delete Profile dialog box (Management Console) 3. Click OK to delete the profile. Delete a profile manager Note: The profile manager must be empty for you to delete it. 1. Select the profile manager you want to delete from the tree iew. 2. Click Delete in the Profile Managers Tools menu to display the Delete Profile Manager dialog box, with the name of the selected profile manager in the Profile Manager drop-down list. Figure 34. Delete Profile Manager dialog box (Management Console) 3. Click OK to delete the profile manager. Subscribing resources to profile managers Objectie To add managed resources to a monitoring profile so administrators can define which resources to monitor. Background information Subscribing resources to a profile manager determines which resources receie a profile when the profile is distributed. IBM Tioli Monitoring uses the list of subscribers to determine which systems are monitored. To add a subscriber to a profile, you must add the subscriber to the profile manager. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a monitoring profile with monitoring sources. Refer to Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. 62 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

83 When you finish Add default or custom resource models. Refer to Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 and Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. Refer to Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 for information Distribute the monitoring profile to the subscribed endpoints. Refer to Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 for information. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: manager. Use the wsub command to add subscribers to the profile For example, to add a Domino serer called DominoMail01 as a subscriber to the profile manager MailMonitors, enter the following For additional information about this command, see the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Double-click a policy region icon to display the Policy Region dialog box. 2. Double-click a profile manager icon to display the Profile Manager dialog box. 3. Click Profile Manager and select Subscribers to display the Subscribers dialog box. Figure 35. Subscribers dialog box (Desktop) 4. Select the subscribers to receie the profile distribution from the Aailable to become Subscribers scrolling list. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 63

84 5. Click the left-arrow to moe the selected subscribers to the Current Subscribers scrolling list. 6. Click Set Subscriptions & Close to add the subscribers. Subscribers are displayed in the Subscribers field of the Profile Manager dialog box as shown in this example. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the profile manager to which you want to subscribe an endpoint. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager to which you want to subscribe an endpoint. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the window under the Profiles subtab. 2. Click the Subscribers tab that is next to the Profiles tab in the middle section of the window to display a list of subscribers in the middle section of the window under the Subscribers tab. 3. Click Edit Subscriber List on the menu bar between the list of subscribers and the Subscribers tab to display the Edit Subscriber List with the following two lists. Aailable Subscribers Current Subscribers Figure 36. Edit Subscriber List dialog box (Management Console) 4. Do the following to moe subscribers between the Aailable Subscribers list and the Current Subscribers as needed: a. Select one or more subscribers to moe. b. Click the left or right arrow to moe the subscribers. 5. Click OK to close the Edit Subscriber List dialog box. 64 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

85 Additional information: The names of the subscribers appear in the middle section of the window under the Subscribers tab. Adding a default resource model to a profile Objectie To add a resource model to a profile using its default alues so you can include them in an IBM Tioli Monitoring profile to begin monitoring resources immediately. This is the recommended way to use the best practices resource models. Background information A resource model captures and returns information about a resource or application. Resource models are set up and distributed to Lotus Domino Serer objects. Each resource model monitors multiple resources. Resource models are grouped into categories that represent platforms, for example, Domino, OS400, Solaris, Unix - Linux, and Windows. You choose resource models from a category to add to a profile based on the resources you want to monitor. Adding one or more of these resource models to a profile enables you to begin monitoring resources immediately. You can reise the default settings in the future as you refine the information you want to collect. It is recommended that you put all of the monitoring sources that you are going to distribute to the same endpoint in a single profile because the distribute action is on a per-profile basis. Refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information, including default settings, about each resource model. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. Refer to Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. This determines which resources receie a profile when the profile is distributed. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62. When you finish For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Determine if you need to rerun any failed distributions. See Rerunning a failed distribution on page 107. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: to a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to add a default resource model Chapter 4. Working with resource models 65

86 For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the Policy Region dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon to which you want to add a default resource model to display the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. Figure 37. IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box (Desktop) 2. Click Add with Defaults to display the Add Default Models to Profile dialog box. 66 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

87 Figure 38. Add Default Models to Profile dialog box (Desktop) 3. Select the category of resource models from the Category drop-down list. 4. Select the resource model that you want to add from the Select the models to insert list. Additional information: You can select more than one resource model at at time. 5. Click Add & Close. The resource models are added to the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the policy region, profile manager, and profile to which you want to add a resource model. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile to which you want to add a resource model. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models or eents is displayed under the Profiles list. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 67

88 Figure 39. Configuration window Profiles tab (Management Console) 2. Click Add Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the Resource Model list to display the Add Resource Model window with tabs is displayed, with the Basics tab dialog box on top. 68 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

89 Figure 40. Add Resource Model window (Management Console) 3. Select the category for the resource model you want to add from the Category drop-down list. 4. Select the resource model you want to add from the Resource Model drop-down list. 5. Click OK to add the resource model with all of its default settings to the profile. Additional information: The name and category of the resource model is displayed in the list of resource models with a check mark in the enabled check box. Adding a custom resource model to a profile Objectie To add a customized resource model so you can specify the type of platform, the cycle time, the threshold alues, and other settings that meet the needs of your enironment. Background information A resource model captures and returns information about a resource or application. Resource models are set up and distributed to Lotus Domino Serer objects. In addition to using the predefined resource models that are installed with the product, you can customize any of the predefined resource models. Each resource model monitors a different resource. Resource models are grouped into categories that represent platforms, for example, Domino, OS400, Solaris, Unix - Linux, and Windows. You choose resource models from a category to add to a profile and customize based on the resources you want Chapter 4. Working with resource models 69

90 to monitor and the settings you want to use to monitor those resources. If you want to modify these categories or add other categories, use the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench. When you add a custom resource model, you can modify the settings for the following resource model parts: Cycle Time Thresholds Indications Tasks associated with indications Parameters Schedule Logging It is recommended that you put all of the monitoring sources that you are going to distribute to the same endpoint in a single profile because the distribute action is on a per-profile basis. Refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information, including the default settings, about each monitoring collection and monitoring source. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. Refer to Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. This determines which resources receie a profile when the profile is distributed. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62. When you finish For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wdmeditprf command to add a customized resource model to a profile. For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the Policy Region dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. 70 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

91 c. Double-click the profile icon to which you want to add a customized resource model. 2. Click Add from the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box to display the Add Resource Models to Profile dialog box. Figure 41. Add Resource Models to Profile dialog box (Desktop) 3. Select the category of the resource model from the Category drop-down list. 4. Select the resource model that you want to customize from the Resource Model drop-down list. 5. Set the frequency (in seconds) with which the resource model monitors the data in the Cycle Time text box. 6. Use the following steps to change any of the threshold alues: a. Select the Threshold Name that you want to change. Additional information: The description box displays a description of the threshold that you selected. A dialog box aboe the description displays the currently assigned threshold alue. b. Change the currently assigned threshold alue to a alue appropriate to your requirements. Additional information: See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for the default alues. c. Click Apply to set and display the new alue in the Threshold Value dialog box. 7. Click one or more of the options along the bottom of the Add Resource Models to Profile dialog box one at a time to change the following settings: Chapter 4. Working with resource models 71

92 Additional information: An option is not actie if you cannot customize the settings for that part of the resource model. If you choose not to customize a setting, the resource model will retain the default settings. Indications (occurrences, holes, where to send eents, seerity, tasks) See Customizing indications on page 74. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Parameters See Customizing parameters on page 85 for how to change the parameters for the resource model. Logging See Customizing data logging information on page 93 for how to enable logging and how to aggregate data. Schedule See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88 for how to set the schedule for running a resource model. 8. Click Add & Close to sae your changes. The IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box now shows the customized resource model. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the policy region, profile manager, and profile to which you want to add a customized resource model. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile to which you want to add a resource model. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models or eents is displayed under the Profiles list. 2. Click Add Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the Resource Model list to display the Add Resource Model window, with the Basics tab dialog box on top. 72 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

93 Figure 42. Add Resource Model window with Basics tab dialog box (Management Console) 3. Select the category of the resource model you want to customize and add from the Category drop-down list. 4. Select the resource model you want to customize and add from the Resource Model drop-down list. 5. Change the Cycle Time to the number of seconds you want to lapse between each of the times that the resource model runs. 6. If the resource model has one or more thresholds and you want to change a threshold alue, change the number in the text box next to the name of the threshold. Additional information: See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for the default alues. 7. Click one or more of the other tabs one at a time to change the following settings: Additional information: A tab is not actie if you cannot customize the settings for that tab. If you choose not to customize a setting, the resource model will retain the default settings. Indications (occurrences, holes, where to send eents, seerity, tasks) See Customizing indications on page 74. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Parameters See Customizing parameters on page 85 for how to change the parameters for the resource model. Logging See Customizing data logging information on page 93 for how to enable logging and how to aggregate data. Schedule Chapter 4. Working with resource models 73

94 Customizing indications See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88 for how to set the schedule for running a resource model. 8. Click OK to add the customized resource model with all of its customized settings. Additional information: The name and category of the customized resource model is displayed in the list of resource models with a check mark in the enabled check box. Objectie To modify the occurrences, holes, which tasks to run, where to send eents, and eent seerity aspects of indications so you can customize a resource model to generate an eent that will notify you when a monitored resource is not performing as needed. Background information Each resource model generates an indication if certain conditions defined by the resource model thresholds are not satisfied during the monitoring cycle. Each resource model has its own algorithm to determine the combination of settings that generate an indication. An eent erifies the persistence of a gien indication by eliminating unrepresentatie peaks and troughs for the indication. For example, a process that generates the Process High CPU indication in one cycle might not pose a threat to other processes if the high usage is not repeated. Howeer, an indication that persists oer seeral cycles is more likely a problem. Thus, an eent defines the number of consecutie occurrences of the indication. You can customize the following alues for indications and eents: Occurrences Refers to a cycle during which an indication occurs for a gien resource model. Specifies the number of consecutie times the problem occurs before the software generates an indication. You can change this alue to specify the number of times a problem occurs before an indication generates. Holes Refers to a cycle during which an indication does not occur for a gien resource model. In other words, none of the conditions specified for the generation of any indication are met. This does not mean that none of the thresholds are exceeded. Determines how many cycles that do not produce an indication can occur between cycles that do produce an indication. This determines if the occurrences of an indication are consecutie. Each cycle without an indication is termed a hole. For example, an eent that has a alue of two holes means that when up to two cycles occur without an indication between any two cycles with an indication, the cycles with an indication are considered consecutie. Use the alue for the Number of Holes in conjunction with the Number of Occurrences parameter and the Cycle Time to define a time window for the generation of an eent. If, for example, you define Cycle Time as 10 seconds, Number of Occurrences as 5, and Number of Holes as 2, the time that must elapse before an eent occurs is between 50 and 130 seconds. The minimum elapsed time is the number of occurrences multiplied by the cycle time. The maximum time window assumes that the maximum number of holes occurs between each pair of occurrences, and is determined by the following equation: TW=CT x (Oc + (H x (Oc -1)) 74 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

95 where: TW Specifies the time window calculated CT Specifies the cycle time Oc Specifies the number of occurrences H Specifies the number of holes Send TEC Eents Specifies that if an eent occurs, the specified eent serer receies a message from Tioli Enterprise Console if you hae Tioli Enterprise Console installed. Note: For IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Tioli Business Systems Manager receies the eent if Tioli Enterprise Console and Tioli Business Systems Manager are both installed. Seerity Indicates how serious an eent is if it is triggered: fatal, critical, warning, harmless, minor. Execute Tasks Specifies which tasks you want to execute. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55. Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62. Add a resource model that you can modify to each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. When you finish 1. Modify any other resource model settings that you want to change: Tasks. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Parameters. See Customizing parameters on page 85. Schedules. See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88. Logging. See Customizing data logging information on page For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to customize a resource model for For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 75

96 Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon in which you want to customize a resource model. 2. Select the resource model that you want to customize from the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. 3. Click Edit to display the Edit Resource Model dialog box. Figure 43. Edit Resource Model dialog box (Desktop) 4. Click Indications to display the Indications and Actions dialog box and the indications releant to the selected resource model. 76 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

97 Figure 44. Indications and Actions dialog box (Desktop) 5. Select the indication you want to customize. 6. Apply the changes to the alues that are releant for your requirements as described in the background information of this procedure 74: Send Tioli Enterprise Console Send Tioli Business Systems Manager Occurrences Holes Seerity Additional information: See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for the default alues. 7. Click Apply Changes & Close to sae your changes to the indication. Management Console: 1. Access the resource model you want to customize by doing the following: a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager to display a list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the resource model you want to customize. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Select the resource model you want to customize. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 77

98 2. Click Edit Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the list of resource models to display the Edit Resource Model window with the Basics tab dialog box on top. Figure 45. Edit Resource Model window (Management Console) 3. Click the Indications tab to display the Indications tab dialog box. Additional information: You can perform this step and the remaining steps of this procedure from both the Add Resource Model and Edit Resource Model dialog boxes. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for the default alues. 78 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

99 Figure 46. Indications tab dialog box (Management Console) 4. Do the following to change the number of occurrences and holes: a. Click the Occurrence field or the Holes field next to the indication for which you want to change the number of occurrences or holes. b. Enter the desired number of occurrences or holes. 5. Select the TEC check box to send eents to the Tioli Enterprise Console if Tioli Enterprise Console is installed. Additional information: If both Tioli Enterprise Console and Tioli Business Systems Manager are installed, the indications also sends the eent to Tioli Business Systems Manager. 6. Do the following to change the seerity of the eent: a. Click the Seerity field for the indication that generates the eent for which you want to change seerity. b. Select one of the following seerity leels from the Seerity drop-down list: Fatal Critical Warning Harmless Minor Chapter 4. Working with resource models 79

100 Figure 47. Seerity drop-down list (Management Console) 7. Do one of the following: Click another tab to customize other settings for the resource model. OR Click OK to sae the customized settings for occurrences, holes, sending eents, and eent seerity. Additional information: Clicking OK closes the Add Resource Model or Edit Resource Model dialog box. Note: You also set the tasks and built-in actions for a resource model from the Indications tab. Use the following procedure, Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80 to specify tasks. Built-in actions are disabled for all Domino resource models because there are none. Specifying tasks for an indication Objectie To specify a task so you can determine correctie or reporting tasks for an indication. Background information You can select one or more tasks to perform when an indication generates an eent. You can select one or more tasks for each eent. These tasks can access the IBM Tioli Monitoring eent name and thresholds by accessing the enironment ariables. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information about the tasks that you can associate with indications. Required authorization role admin Before you begin 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

101 2. Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page Add a resource model that you can modify to each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. When you finish 1. Modify any other resource model settings that you want to change: Indications. See Customizing indications on page 74. Parameters. See Customizing parameters on page 85. Schedules. See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88. Logging. See Customizing data logging information on page For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Determine if you need to rerun any failed distributions. See Rerunning a failed distribution on page 107. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to customize a resource model for For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon to which you want to customize a resource model. 2. Select the resource model that you want to customize from the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. 3. Click Edit to display the Edit Resource Model dialog box. 4. Click Indications to display the Indications and Actions dialog box and the indications appropriate to the selected resource model. 5. Select the indication that you want to generate a task from the Indications and Actions dialog box. 6. Click Tasks in the Action List area of the Indications and Actions dialog box to display the Tasks dialog box. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 81

102 Figure 48. Tasks dialog box (Desktop) 7. Double-click the appropriate task library from the scroll list of the Libraries panel. The tasks contained in the library are displayed in the Tasks panel. 8. Double-click the appropriate task in the Tasks panel. 9. Specify the appropriate parameters in the Configure Task dialog box. Additional information: Run the wlsnotif -g command to see the aailable Notice Groups. 10. Click Change & Close to add the task to the Action List panel in the Indications and Actions dialog box. Management Console: 1. Access the resource model for which you want to specify tasks by do the following. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the resource model you want to customize. 82 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

103 Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Select the resource model for which you want to specify tasks. f. Click Edit Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the list of resource models to display the Edit Resource Model set of tabbed dialog boxes, with the Basics dialog box on top. 2. Click the Indications tab to display the Indications tab dialog box. Additional information: You can perform this step and the remaining steps of this procedure from both the Add Resource Model and Edit Resource Model dialog boxes. 3. Click... in the Tasks column for the indication for which you want to specify tasks to display the Task Configuration dialog box. Figure 49. Task Configuration dialog box (Management Console) 4. Select the library that contains the task you want to specify from the Library drop-down list. 5. Select the task you want to specify from the Name drop-down list. 6. If the Arguments text box is present, type any arguments for the task. 7. Click Update to add the task to the indication. 8. If you need to remoe a task in the Current Tasks list, do the following: a. Click the task. b. Click Remoe. 9. If you need to re-display the default Library and Name text boxes and clear the Arguments text box from the dialog box, click Clear. 10. Do one of the following: Click another tab to customize other settings for the resource model. OR Click OK to sae the customized settings for the tasks. Additional information: Clicking OK closes the Add Resource Model or Edit Resource Model dialog box. Sending a notice when an eent occurs Objectie To set up tasks that send notices in response to eents so you can take the appropriate actions or responses. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 83

104 Background information To set up tasks that send notices when an eent occurs, you use the procedure, Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. In this procedure, you specify the IBM Tioli Monitoring Utility Tasks library and the send notices task. Required authorization role admin Before you begin 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page Add a resource model that you can modify to each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. When you finish 1. Modify any other resource model settings that you want to change: Indications. See Customizing indications on page 74. Parameters. See Customizing parameters on page 85. Schedules. See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88. Logging. See Customizing data logging information on page For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32. Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Procedure Command line: a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to customize a resource model for For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon in which you want to customize a resource model. 2. Select the resource model that you want to customize. 3. Click Edit to display the Edit Resource Model dialog box. 4. Click Indications to display the Indications and Actions dialog box and the indications appropriate to the selected resource model. 5. Select the indication that you want to generate a task from the Indications and Actions dialog box. 6. Click Tasks in the Action List dialog box to display the Tasks dialog box. 7. Double-click the IBM Tioli Monitoring Utility Tasks library in the scroll list of the Libraries panel. The tasks in the IBM Tioli Monitoring Utility Tasks library are displayed in the Tasks panel. 84 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

105 Customizing parameters 8. Double-click dm_mn_send_notice in the Tasks panel to display the Configure Task dialog box. 9. Specify the appropriate parameters in the Configure Task dialog box. Additional Information: Run the wlsnotif -g command to see the aailable notice groups. 10. Click Change & Close to add the task to the Action List panel in the Indications and Actions dialog box. Management Console: 1. Access the indication for the task you want to set up to send notices when an eent occurs by doing the following: a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the resource model you want to customize. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Select the resource model that contains the task. f. Click Edit Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the list of resource models to display the Edit Resource Model set of tabbed dialog boxes, with the Basics dialog box on top. g. Click the Indications tab to display the Indications tab dialog box. h. Click... in the Tasks column for the indication for which you want to specify notices to display the Task Configuration dialog box. 2. Select the IBM Tioli Monitoring Utility Tasks library from the Library drop-down list. 3. Select the dm_mn_send_notice task in the Name drop-down list. 4. Type the name of the notice group in the Notice Group text box. 5. Type the leel of the priority in the Priority text box. 6. Click Update to add the task to the Current Tasks list. 7. Click OK to sae the task and close the Task Configuration dialog box. 8. Run the wlsnotif -g command to see the aailable notice groups. Objectie To customize the parameters of a resource model so you can optimize the monitoring process. Background information Some resource models hae one or more parameters. Each parameter can take the form of a list of strings, a list of numeric alues, a Boolean list of predetermined alues from which you can make any combination of selections, or a choice list of mutually exclusie alternaties. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 85

106 Required authorization role admin Before you begin 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page Add a resource model that you can modify to each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. When you finish 1. Modify any other resource model settings that you want to change: Indications. See Customizing indications on page 74. Tasks. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Schedules. See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88. Logging. See Customizing data logging information on page For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to customize a resource model for For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon to which you want to customize a resource model. 2. Select the resource model that you want to customize from the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. 3. Click Edit to display the Edit Resource Model dialog box. 4. Click Parameters. 86 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

107 Figure 50. Parameters dialog box (Desktop) 5. Select the type of parameter from the Name drop-down list in the Parameters dialog box. 6. Add or delete the parameter alues as required by checking or clearing the boxes. 7. Click Apply Changes and Close to sae your changes. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the resource model for which you want to customize parameters. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the resource model you want to customize. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Select the resource model for which you want to customize parameters. f. Click Edit Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the list of resource models to display the Edit Resource Model window, with the Basics tab dialog box on top. 2. Click the Parameters tab to display the Parameters tab dialog box. Additional information: You can perform this step and the remaining steps of this procedure from both the Add Resource Model and Edit Resource Model dialog boxes. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 87

108 Figure 51. Parameters tab dialog box (Management Console) 3. Select the name of the parameter that you want to change from the Name drop-down list. Additional information: The default alues for the parameter is displayed below the name of the parameter. For example, one or more alues separated by new line breaks is displayed in the Value text box. Also, a description of the parameter is displayed in the Parameter Description field. 4. Type (or select) the desired alues for the parameters. Additional information: For example, type one or more string or numeric alues in the Value text box. 5. Do one of the following: Click another tab to customize other settings for the resource model. OR Click OK to sae the customized settings for the parameters. Additional information: Clicking OK closes the Add Resource Model or Edit Resource Model dialog box. Customizing a schedule for a resource model Objectie To customize the schedule for a resource model so you can determine the time periods and days when monitoring takes place. Background information IBM Tioli Monitoring contains a scheduling feature that enables you to determine when monitoring takes place and specific scheduling rules. You can diide the oerall collection period into actie and inactie interals by applying one or more schedule rules. 88 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

109 The scheduling rules enable you to define time periods on specific weekdays during which monitoring takes place. You can define any number of rules that enable you to set up a complex pattern of resource monitoring for a profile and coers the periods that you want to monitor. The scheduled times are always interpreted as local times, enabling you to set up a single rule that monitors the same local time period in different time zones. All times of eents or actiities reported from endpoints or gateways are also logged in the local time of the system from where they originated. Required authorization role admin Before you begin 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. This makes the distribution of resource models more efficient. You might need to set up multiple profile managers and profiles within the profile managers to meet the needs of your enironment. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. This determines which resources receie a profile when the profile is distributed. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page Add a resource model that you can modify to each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. When you finish 1. Modify any other resource model settings that you want to change: Indications. See Customizing indications on page 74. Tasks. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Parameters. See Customizing parameters on page 85. Logging. See Customizing data logging information on page For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Determine if you need to rerun any failed distributions. See Rerunning a failed distribution on page 107. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to customize a resource model for For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 89

110 b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon to which you want to customize a resource model. 2. Select the resource model that you want to customize from the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. 3. Click Edit to display the Edit Resource Model dialog box. 4. Click Schedule to display the Scheduling dialog box. Additional information: The Scheduling dialog box contains the following groups of options: Schedule Sets the data collection period. By default, all resource models are set to always collect data. Schedule Rules Manages time interals during which the resource model is actie. Rule Editor Creates and edits schedule rules. Figure 52. Scheduling dialog box (Desktop) 5. Clear the Always check box if you want to customize the schedule. 6. If you clear the Always check box, do the following to customize the schedule: a. Click New Rule in the Schedule Rules area. 90 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

111 b. Type a name for the rule in the Rule Name text box of the Rule Editor panel. c. Select one or more items in the weekday list to specify the day or days on which you want the collections actie during the collection period. Additional information: Use the Shift or Ctrl key as necessary to select more than one day from the list. d. Set the Start Date and Stop Date for the collection actiity. e. Set the Start Time and Stop Time for the collection actiity or select the All Day check box. Additional information: Times are always interpreted as local time where the endpoint engine runs. Setting a time interal of 08:00 to 13:00 ensures that monitoring takes place between those times in all time zones to which you distribute the profile. f. Click Set Rule. Your new rule is displayed in the Schedule Rules list. Additional information: To display the details of any rule, select the rule in the Schedule Rules list. Its settings are displayed in the Rule Editor section of the dialog box. If the Schedule Rules list contains more than one schedule rule, all the time interals are respected, and rules are combined by adding together the time periods they define. For example, if you specify a rule that requests monitoring between 8:00 and 14:00 eery day and another that requests all-day monitoring on Fridays, the sum of the two rules gies all-day monitoring only on Fridays, and monitoring between 8:00 and 14:00 on all other days. If the second rule instead requested monitoring from 12:00 to 18:00 on Fridays, the sum of the rules would gie monitoring between 8:00 and 18:00 on Fridays and between 08:00 and 14:00 on all other days. 7. Click Modify & Close to sae your rule and close the Scheduling dialog box. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the resource model for which you want to customize the schedule. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the resource model for which you want to customize the schedule. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Select the resource model for which you want to customize the schedule. f. Click Edit Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the list of resource models to display the Edit Resource Model window, with the Basics dialog box on top. 2. Click the Schedule tab to display the Schedule tab dialog box. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 91

112 Figure 53. Schedule tab dialog box for customizing a resource model (Management Console) Additional information: You can perform this step and the remaining steps of this procedure from both the Add Resource Model and Edit Resource Model dialog boxes. 3. Click one of the following scheduling options: Always Custom 4. If you select Custom do the following: Note: If you select Custom, you must define at least one schedule rule from the Schedule Rule dialog box. a. Set the From date and the To date. b. Add a new schedule rule, edit a schedule rule, or delete a schedule rule as follows: If you want to add a new schedule rule, do the following: 1) Click New. Additional information: The Schedule Rule dialog box is displayed. 2) Type a name for the schedule rule in the Name text box. 3) Select the days on which you want the resource model to run. 4) Click one of the timeframes: All Day Custom 5) If you clicked Custom, set the dates in the date fields next to the Custom option. 6) Click OK to sae the schedule rule. If you want to edit a schedule rule, do the following: 92 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

113 1) Click the name of the schedule rule you want to change. 2) Click Edit. Additional information: The Schedule Rule dialog box is displayed. 3) Select the days on which you want the resource model to run. 4) If you want to change the time frame, click one of the timeframes: All Day Custom 5) If you clicked Custom, set the time in the time field next to the Custom radio button. Additional information: You can set the time by typing the time range or clicking the clock to display the drop-down time setting feature. 6) Click OK to sae the edited schedule rule. If you want to delete a schedule rule, do the following: 1) Click the name of the schedule rule you want to change. 2) Click Delete. Additional information: The schedule rule disappears. 3) Click OK to sae the customized schedule. 5. Do one of the following: Click another tab to customize other settings for the resource model. OR Click OK to sae the customized settings for the schedule. Additional information: Clicking OK closes the Add Resource Model or Edit Resource Model dialog box. Customizing data logging information Objectie To customize data logging information so you can log data collected by a resource model and write it in a local database. Background information You can iew the log data through the Web Health Console after you write it in a local database. You can store one of the following types of data in the database: Raw data Data written exactly as the resource model collects it. All the monitored alues are collected and copied in the database. Aggregated data Data collected and aggregated at fixed interals that you define (Aggregation Period). Only the aggregated alues are written in the database. The aggregated data is calculated on the basis of one or more of the following options: Maximum Minimum Aerage TEDW data TEDW Data aggregates the resource model data for use in the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 93

114 Required authorization role admin Before you begin 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page Add a resource model that you can modify to each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69. When you finish 1. Modify any other resource model settings that you want to change: Indications. See Customizing indications on page 74. Tasks. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Parameters. See Customizing parameters on page 85. Schedules. See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page For each profile in your profile manager, do the following: Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. See Subscribing to notice groups on page 32 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: a profile. Use the wdmeditprf command to customize a resource model for For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the profile manager icon to display the profile manager. c. Double-click the profile icon to which you want to customize a resource model. 2. Select the resource model that you want to customize from the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. 3. Click Edit to display the Edit Resource Model dialog box 4. Click Logging to display the Logging dialog box. 94 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

115 Figure 54. Logging dialog box (Desktop) 5. Select the Enable Data Logging check box in the Data Logging Settings pane to enable logging. Additional information: This enables the Aggregate Data and Historical Period options. 6. Perform the following steps to specify the aggregation rule applied to the data before it is written to the database: a. Set Hours and Minutes of the Aggregation Period to the required alues. b. Select one or more of the following functions to perform on the numerical data collected during the aggregation period before it is written to the database: Maximum Calculates and logs the peak alue in each aggregation period. Minimum Calculates and logs the lowest alue in each aggregation period. Aerage Calculates and logs the aerage of all alues in each aggregation period. Aerage is the default setting. 7. If you want to log the raw data instead of aggregate data, do the following: a. Clear the Aggregate Data check box. b. Select Raw Data. c. Optional: If Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse is installed, you can check the TEDW Data option to store the raw data for use in Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Note: You cannot choose both aggregate data and raw data at the same time, or aggregate data and TEDW data at the same time. 8. Set the Hours and Minutes of the Historical Period to the required alues. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 95

116 9. Click Apply Changes and Close to sae your changes and close the Logging dialog box. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the resource model for which you want to log data. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the resource model for which you want to log data. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Select the resource model for which you want to log data. f. Click Edit Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the list of resource models. Additional information: The Edit Resource Model set of tabbed dialog boxes is displayed, with the Basics dialog box on top. 2. Click the Logging tab to display the Logging tab dialog box. Additional information: You can perform this step and the remaining steps of this procedure from both the Add Resource Model and Edit Resource Model dialog boxes. 3. Enable logging by doing the following: a. Select the Enable Data Logging check box. Additional information: Enabling logging actiates the options for aggregating data. b. Set the Historical Period by selecting the hours and minutes from the Hours and Minutes drop-down lists. 96 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

117 Figure 55. Logging tab dialog box (Management Console) 4. If you want to summarize (aggregate) the data, do the following: a. Select the Aggregate Data option to actiate the Aggregation options. b. Set the Aggregation Period by selecting the hours and minutes from the Hours and Minutes drop-down lists. c. Check one of the following Data to Aggregate check boxes to select a function to perform on the numerical data collected during the aggregation period before it is written to the database: Maximum Calculates and logs the peak alue in each aggregation period. Minimum Calculates and logs the lowest alue in each aggregation period. Aerage Calculates and logs the aerage of all alues in each aggregation period. Aerage is the default. 5. If you want to log raw data, do the following: a. Select Other Data. b. Select Raw Data. c. Optional: If Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse is installed and Raw Data is selected, you can check the TEDW Data option to store the raw data for use in Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Note: You cannot choose both aggregate data and raw data at the same time, or aggregate data and TEDW data at the same time. 6. Do one of the following: Click another tab to customize other settings for the resource model. OR Chapter 4. Working with resource models 97

118 Click OK to sae the customized settings for logging data. Additional information: Clicking OK closes the Add Resource Model or Edit Resource Model dialog box. Managing profiles and resource models at endpoints Objectie To manage profiles and resource models after they are distributed to endpoints so administrators and users can maintain monitoring processes on those endpoints. Background information None. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Add subscribers to a profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62 for information. Add a resource model to a profile. See Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 and Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 for information. Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 for information. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information about each resource model. When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line only. Command line: Use the wdmcmd command to stop or restart IBM Tioli Monitoring on one or more endpoints from a gateway or serer. Use the wdmdistrib command to distribute a profile to one or more subscribers. Use the wdmeng command to stop or start profiles or resource models at endpoints or to delete profiles at endpoints. Use the wdmlseng command to return a list and the status of all resource models that hae been distributed on a specified endpoint. Use the wdmtrceng command to set the trace parameters of the IBM Tioli Monitoring engine at the endpoint. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring documentation for more information about the wdm commands. 98 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

119 Managing IBM Tioli Monitoring gateways Objectie To manage IBM Tioli Monitoring on gateways so administrators and users can run monitoring processes on those gateways. Background information None. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Add subscribers to a profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62 for information. Add a resource model to a profile. See Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 and Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 for information. Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 for information. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information about each resource model. When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line only. Command line: Use the wdmmn command to stop or start selected IBM Tioli Monitoring processes on one or all gateways. Determining which resource models hae been distributed to endpoints Objectie To determine which resource models hae been distributed to an endpoint. Background information Open an endpoint window from the desktop to see if a resource model has been distributed to it. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Add subscribers to a profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62 for information. Add a resource model to a profile. See Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 and Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 for information. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 99

120 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 for information. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information about each resource model. When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop only. Desktop: 1. Open the Profile Manager dialog box by doing the following: a. Open the Tioli desktop. b. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. c. Double-click the profile manger icon to display the Profile Manager dialog box. 2. Double-click the endpoint icon from the Subscribers area to open the endpoint window. 3. Double-click the monitoring profile icon to display the TME 10 Distributed Monitoring Profile Properties window, which lists the resource models distributed to the endpoint. Determining which resource models are running on endpoints Objectie To determine which resource models are running on an endpoint. Background information Note: Resource models might show false running states under the following circumstances: When the database is down and the RDBMS State resource model has not run, IBM Tioli Monitoring shows the state of the resource model as running. When resource models are first distributed to a profile endpoint, the resource models all show running, een though they hae not been executed. The resource models show alid states after they are executed by the IBM Tioli Monitoring engine. Use the Tioli command line to determine which resource models are running on an endpoint. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Add subscribers to a profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62 for information. Add a resource model to a profile. See Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 and Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 for information. 100 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

121 Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 for information. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information about each resource model. When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line only. Command line: Use the wdmlseng command to determine which resource models are running on an endpoint. For example, to iew the list of resource models on an endpoint, enter the following command: wdmlseng -e <endpoint> Refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for more information. Distributing a profile from the desktop Objectie To set distribution options for a profile so you can distribute profiles to specified subscribers. Background information Profile managers and profile endpoints can reside at multiple leels in the distribution hierarchy. You can distribute profiles at two leels: next leel and all leels. When you distribute to the next leel of subscribers, only the subscribers that are one leel lower in the hierarchy receie the profiles. When you distribute to all leels, profile endpoints at all leels in the hierarchy receie the profiles. If you distribute to the next leel of subscribers, the distribution process affects only the next lower leel in the hierarchy. You must distribute from profile managers residing at more than one leel to reach all the profile endpoints. Also, if you distribute to the next leel of subscribers from a profile manager to a profile endpoint only the profile endpoint database updates. The actual system files do not update. You can then make any necessary local modifications in the profile endpoint. You must perform a distribution from the profile endpoint to affect the actual system files and databases. Example: Profile manager A has two subscribers, managed node Tom and profile manager B, and profile manager B has one subscriber, managed node Ming. If you distribute to all leels of subscribers, profile manager A distributes profile copies to managed node Tom, profile manager B, and managed node Ming. If you distribute to the next leel of subscribers, profile manager A distributes profile copies only to profile manager B and managed node Tom. Managed node Ming, residing one leel below profile manager B, does not receie the profile copies. For managed node Ming to receie the profile copies, you must also distribute from profile manager B. Required authorization role admin Before you begin 1. Set up profile managers and profiles to organize your resource models. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 101

122 2. Subscribe endpoints to the profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page Add a default or custom resource model each profile manager and profile. See Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page Specify the subscribers that you want to distribute the monitoring profile to. When you finish For each profile in your profile manager, determine if you need to rerun any failed distributions. See Rerunning a failed distribution on page 107. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: profile. wdistrib Use the wdistrib command to set distribution options for a Desktop: 1. Open the Profile Manager dialog box by double-clicking the policy region icon to display the policy region. 2. Open the profile that you want to distribute from the Profile Manager dialog box. 3. Click Profile and select Distribute to display the Distribute Profile dialog box. Figure 56. Distribute Profile dialog box (Desktop) 4. Select one of the Distribute To distribution leels options: Next leel of subscribers All leels of subscribers See page 101 for an explanation of the distribution leels. 5. Select Make each subscriber s profile an EXACT COPY of this profile from the Distribution Will options. 102 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

123 Additional information: This option oerwrites the subscriber s profile with an exact copy of the profile that you are distributing. Note: Do not distribute a profile to a Tioli Enterprise endpoint with the Presere modifications in subscriber s copies of the profile option set. You must always use the Make each subscriber s profile an EXACT COPY of this profile option. 6. Select the subscribers to receie the profile using the following steps: a. Click the subscribers on the list that you want to distribute the profile to from the Do Not Distribute to These Subscribers scrolling list. Additional information: Use the tools under the subscriber lists to select more than one subscriber at a time. b. Click the left arrow to moe the subscribers to the Distribute to These Subscribers scrolling list. Note: Make sure that each subscriber in the Distribute to These Subscribers scrolling list is either a profile manager or a supported Tioli endpoint. IBM Tioli Monitoring does not support other types of endpoints. 7. Click one of the following options: Distribute & Close Distributes the profile immediately, closes the Distribute Profile dialog box, saes the settings you hae made, and returns to the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. Distribute Distributes the profile immediately, saes the settings you hae made, and leaes the Distribute Profile dialog box open. Schedule Schedules the distribution of the profile with the Tioli Scheduler. For details about using the Tioli Scheduler, refer to the Tioli Management Framework User s Guide. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the profile you want to distribute. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager. Additional information: A list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the profile manager that contains the profile for the profile you want to distribute. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed in the middle section of the Configuration window under the Profiles tab. A list of resource models is displayed under the Profiles list. e. Click the profile that you want to distribute. Additional information: A list of profiles is displayed under the Profiles tab. 2. Click Distribute in the Profile Manager list on the Tools menu in the right-hand section of the screen to display the Distribute dialog box. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 103

124 Figure 57. Distribute dialog box (Management Console) 3. Select the Oerride distribution defaults check box to display the distribution options: Distribute to Next leel of subscribers All leels of subscribers This is the default option. Select this option if you want to distribute a profile in which your endpoint is the only subscriber. See page 101 for an explanation of the distribution leels. Distribute will Presere modifications in subscriber s copies Do not distribute a profile to a Tioli Enterprise endpoint with the Presere modifications in subscriber s copies of the profile option set. Note: This is the default option. Replace with an exact copy Always use the Replace with an exact copy option. 4. Specify distribution options by doing the following: Select Distribute to and Distribute will options: Click one of the Distribute to options to choose the leel of subscribers. Click Replace with an exact copy to oerwrite the subscriber s profile with an exact copy of the profile that you are distributing. OR Clear the Oerride distribution defaults check box. 5. Select the profile to distribute from the Select Profiles list. 6. Select the subscribers to receie the profiles from the Select Subscribers list. Note: Make sure that each subscriber is either a profile manager or a supported Tioli endpoint. IBM Tioli Monitoring does not support other types of endpoints. 7. Click OK to distribute the profile. 104 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

125 Distributing profiles using MDist2 Objectie To circulate copies of the monitoring profile to subscribers while using MDist2 so that administrators and users can actiate the monitoring process. Background information IBM Tioli Monitoring uses Multiplexed Distribution (MDist2) to perform asynchronous profile data transfers through a hierarchy of repeaters. MDist2 returns a sequence of responses containing the distribution status from each endpoint to the application initiating the distribution. These responses are sent back to IBM Tioli Monitoring in a log file, on the MDist2 command line, or through the MDist2 GUI. IBM Tioli Monitoring uses the following MDist2 functions: Asynchronous deliery IBM Tioli Monitoring submits a distribution request and immediately receies a distribution identifier and confirmation that the distribution is in progress. MDist2 uses the callback function to send the final distribution status for each endpoint when it completes each endpoint distribution instead of waiting until all endpoints are distributed. Assured deliery Assures that distributed profiles are deliered to the endpoints when there are network interruptions, computer shutdowns, or disconnected endpoints. Assured deliery tries to reestablish the connections until it is either successful or the distribution time expires. The distribution begins at the point where it was interrupted. Check-point and restart Assures that an interrupted data stream resumes from the last successful checkpoint. You do not hae to resend all the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile data when the distribution resumes, but only the data that was not sent when the interruption occurred. Data depoting Stores segments of the profile at a depot close to the endpoint so the endpoints can retriee the data from the depot instead of from the source host. This reduces network traffic and speeds up the distribution. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Create a profile manager and profile. See Creating profile managers and profiles on page 55 for information. Add subscribers to a profile manager. See Subscribing resources to profile managers on page 62 for information. Add a resource model to a profile. See Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 and Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 for information. Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101 for information. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for detailed information about each resource model. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 105

126 When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from either the Tioli command line or the desktop. Command line: Use the wdmdistrib command to distribute the profile to the subscribers of the profile manager. For example, to distribute the default profile DOMManager-DOMMonProfile to an instance endpoint labeled enter the following command: This command updates subscriber databases and configuration files. If no subscriber is specified, wdmdistrib updates all subscribers. The syntax aries depending on the ersion of Tioli management region that you installed. Refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring documentation for more information about the wdmdistrib command. Desktop: 1. Open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box by doing the following: a. Open the Tioli desktop. b. Double-click the policy region icon to open the policy region. c. Double-click the profile manager icon you want to open the Profile Manager dialog box. d. Double-click the profile you want to distribute to open the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. 2. Select Profile Distribute to display the Distribute Profile dialog box. 3. Select one of the Distribute To options based on the following descriptions: Next Leel of Subscribers Distributes the profile only to the subscribers named in the Distribute to These Subscribers: scrolling list of the Distribute Profile dialog box. This selection does not distribute to subscribers at lower leels of the hierarchy. Perform the distribution process from profile managers at more than one leel to reach all the profile endpoints if a profile manager with subscribers resides at the next lower leel. All Leels of Subscribers Distributes the profile to all subscribers in the hierarchy. Consider the following example. You hae a profile in which a dataless profile manager is subscribed to a profile manager, and the dataless profile manager has a subscribed endpoint. If you distribute to the next leel of subscribers, the profile manager distributes the profile only to the dataless profile manager. If you distribute to all leels of subscribers, the profile manager distributes the profile to the dataless profile manager and to the endpoint. Select this option if you want to distribute a profile in which your resource is the only subscriber. 4. Select one of the Distribute Will options based on the following descriptions: Presere modifications in subscribers copy of the profile retains changes to existing monitors in each copy of the profile. If you edit the configuration of a monitor in the subscriber s copy, those changes are written to eery copy of that profile. Make subscribers profile an EXACT COPY of this profile oerwrites the subscriber s profile with an exact copy of the profile being distributed. 106 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

127 5. Verify that the Distribute To These Subscribers list includes only those subscribers to receie the profile. Use the left and right arrows to moe selected subscribers between lists. 6. Click the Distribute & Close button to begin the distribution and close the Distribute Profile window. 7. Optional : Schedule when the distribution will occur by completing the following steps: a. Click the Schedule button to display the Add Scheduled Job dialog box. b. Set the job options as needed. c. Click the Schedule Job & Close button to set the schedule. 8. Click the Distribute & Close button to begin the distribution and close the Distribute Profile dialog box. 9. Select Profile Close to close the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. Rerunning a failed distribution Objectie To determine if the distribution to an endpoint failed and to rerun it to distribute it to the specified subscribers. Background information When a distribution fails, IBM Tioli Monitoring creates a profile manager that contains the endpoint subscribers that failed. When you successfully redistribute, the software deletes the profile manager it created for the failed distribution. A wholly or partially unsuccessful redistribution retains the profile manager containing only the subscribers that were unsuccessful in the redistribution. Continue the process of correcting the errors and retrying the distribution until the profile has been successfully distributed to all endpoints. Required authorization role admin Before you begin Distribute the profile. See Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop or the Management Console. Desktop: 1. Open the Policy Region dialog box by double-clicking the policy region icon to display the policy region. 2. Click View and select Refresh from the Policy Region dialog box to see the new profile managers. 3. Reiew the new profile manager names to determine and correct the cause of the failure. The following profile manager names are deried from a failed distribution: The failed distribution creates the following profile manager name due to a Bad_Interpreter error: OriginalProfileName_Push_Failed_Bad_Interpreter Chapter 4. Working with resource models 107

128 where: OriginalProfileName The name of the profile that you were distributing when the error occurred. The AMW089E error message displays at this point, indicating that the resource model type is not compatible with the endpoint operating system. For example, you might hae distributed a Windows resource model to a UNIX endpoint, or ice ersa. The failed distribution creates the following profile manager name due to any other error: OriginalProfileName_Distribution_Failed where: OriginalProfileName The name of the profile that you were distributing when the error occurred. Proided that you created the profile manager that you used for the original distribution without checking the dataless endpoint mode option, you can use these profile managers to redistribute the profile to the failed endpoints when you hae fixed the problem that caused the original failure. To do this, subscribe the profile managers that contain the failed endpoints to the profile manager that contained the original profile. Distribute the original profile to the failed endpoints by selecting these profile managers as the target for the distribution. You can edit the profile managers to delete an endpoint from a group of failed endpoints before retrying the distribution. A successful redistribution deletes the profile manager relating to the error condition. A wholly or partially unsuccessful redistribution retains the profile manager containing only the subscribers that were unsuccessful in the redistribution. You should continue the process of correcting the errors and retrying the distribution until all errors hae been fixed. If any of these problems persist and cannot be resoled, call Customer Support. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the profile you want to redistribute. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. 2. Right-click the policy region and click Refresh to see the new profile managers. 3. Reiew the new profile manager names to determine and correct the cause of the failure. The following profile manager names are deried from a failed distribution: The failed distribution creates the following profile manager name due to a Bad_Interpreter error: OriginalProfileName_Push_Failed_Bad_Interpreter where: 108 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

129 OriginalProfileName The name of the profile that you were distributing when the error occurred. The AMW089E error message displays at this point, indicating that the resource model type is not compatible with the endpoint operating system. For example, you might hae distributed a Windows resource model to a UNIX endpoint, or ice ersa. The failed distribution creates the following profile manager name due to any other error: OriginalProfileName_Distribution_Failed where: OriginalProfileName The name of the profile that you were distributing when the error occurred. Proided that you created the profile manager that you used for the original distribution without checking the dataless endpoint mode option, you can use these profile managers to redistribute the profile to the failed endpoints when you hae fixed the problem that caused the original failure. To do this, subscribe the profile managers that contain the failed endpoints to the profile manager that contained the original profile. Distribute the original profile to the failed endpoints by selecting these profile managers as the target for the distribution. You can edit the profile managers to delete an endpoint from a group of failed endpoints before retrying the distribution. A successful redistribution deletes the profile manager relating to the error condition. A wholly or partially unsuccessful redistribution retains the profile manager containing only the subscribers that were unsuccessful in the redistribution. You should continue the process of correcting the errors and retrying the distribution until all errors hae been fixed. If any of these problems persist and cannot be resoled, call Tioli Customer Support. Chapter 4. Working with resource models 109

130 110 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

131 Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers This chapter describes how to manage Domino serers in the Tioli enironment. Table 10 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 10. Goals and where to find procedures for working with Lotus Domino Serers Goal Where to find procedures Check the state of a serer. Checking serer status on page 111 Start, stop, and recycle a serer. Controlling a serer on page 113 Start and stop resource models for Lotus Domino Serers. Controlling resource models for serers on page 117 Start and stop Domino tasks. Running Domino tasks on page 119 View and edit the properties of a serer. Viewing serer properties on page 121 View the current statistics for a Domino serer as a snapshot of serer actiity. Open the Domino serer console and execute commands within the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino enironment. Check the current state of all processes on a serer. You can also check the status of notes.ini tasks and serer console tasks. View and search the Lotus Notes log file (log.nsf). Find and repair corruption in a database. Verify the setup of mail database files and check the queue of mail that is waiting on a serer. Determine whether a serer replicated according to the schedule defined by its name and address book (NAB). Editing serer properties on page 122 Viewing Domino statistics on page 126 Entering a Domino remote console command on page 128 Checking serer health on page 130 Viewing and searching log files on page 132 Checking for database corruption on page 135 Verifying mail files and checking Mail Waiting on page 137 Viewing replication information on page 139 View a list of inactie users for a serer. Checking for inactie users on page 141 View and change ACL permissions for Domino databases, create and delete users, and modify permissions. Viewing and changing the Access Control List (ACL) on page 142 Checking serer status Objectie To check the current status of a Domino serer so that you can optimize performance and take correctie action if needed. Copyright IBM Corp

132 Background information The status of a serer is one of the following: Up Up but not accepting connections Down Before you begin None. When you finish Obtain more detailed information on the status of the serer that you are checking, as described in Checking serer health on page 130. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to check the status of a Domino serer: wtmdsereraailable command wruntask command with the Serer Aailable task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following Tioli task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Serer Aailable. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer you want to check to display the Policy Region window. 2. Inspect the status icon of the serer endpoint that you want to check. Figure 58 shows the serer status icons. The serer up icon has a green circle with an arrow. The serer down icon has a red circle with a minus symbol. Note: Icons for resource model response leels are not aailable in the Tioli desktop. Figure 58. Serer status icons: serer up and serer down (Desktop) Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 112 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

133 2. Find the name of the serer that you want to check in the tree iew on the left side of the console. You can use the Group by drop-down list to iew serers in the tree. The following groups are in the list: Domain, Release, Operating System, Cluster, Hierarchy, Network, or Serer Status. 3. Obsere the two icons that are displayed to the left of any serer name, as in the example in Figure 59 for the Mail03 serer: Figure 59. Serer icon example (Management Console) The serer icon on the left includes one of the following symbols to show status: An arrow in a green circle means that the serer is up. The icon in Figure 59 shows that Mail03 serer is running. A minus sign in a red circle means that the serer is down. A yellow triangle indicates a communication error with the IBM Tioli Monitoring engine on the endpoint. One of the following actions might resole this problem: - When the serer is newly configured, start the serer. - When you hae reset the endpoint, distribute resource models to that Lotus Domino Serer object. The color of the thermometer icon on the right indicates the highest lowest health alue among all resource models. Green thermometer: all resource models with health greater than 30%. Orange thermometer: at least one resource model with health that is between 6% and 30%. Red thermometer: at least one resource model with health that is between 0 and 5%. Gray thermometer: unable to retriee health information from serer. Controlling a serer Objectie To start, stop, and recycle (restart) the Lotus Domino serer process. Background information If you use a Lotus Domino serer configuration document to manage the SererTasks entry in the notes.ini file, you must update the configuration document as follows Add tioli46 to the list of SererTasks. OR Add tioli50 to the list of SererTasks. The configuration procedures in Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console on page 44 describe how to make this update to the Lotus Domino Serer configuration document. Always use the Windows NT Serer serice or the product to start the Domino serer. If you use other methods to start the Domino serer, you might disable Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 113

134 functionality in the product. For example, if you start the serer using the Lotus Domino icon in the Start menu of the Windows taskbar, some functionality in the product might be disabled. If you create a Domino serer object while the Domino serer is down, you must start the serer as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. This action is an integral part of the serer configuration process. After the serer is configured, you can start the serer in whateer way is most conenient. If the Domino serer runs Lotus Domino, Version 5.x, and you created the Domino serer object while the serer was up, you must restart the serer before you can use the mail tracing functionality of this product. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino enables you to control a serer in the following ways: Starting a serer Starts the Lotus Domino serer process on an endpoint. After the serer is running, the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino process is running and ready to receie commands. Always use one of the following methods to start a Domino serer on Windows systems: Use one of the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration user interfaces (command line, Tioli desktop, or Management Console) as described in this procedure. OR Use the Serices user interface in the Windows NT Control Panel to start the Lotus Domino Serer serice. This method is alid only after you start the Domino serer as required in some of the configuration scenarios described in Discoering and configuring multiple serers in the Management Console on page 44. This scenario inoles configuring the Domino serer object while the Domino serer is down. Reiew these procedures if you are starting the Domino serer for the first time after you hae created a Domino serer object. Note: You might disable functionality in the product if you start the Domino Serer with an executable or an option in the Start menu of the Windows taskbar. Stopping a serer Stops the Lotus Domino serer process on an endpoint so that you can correct problems, upgrade software, or install software. Recycling/Restarting a serer Stops and then starts the Lotus Domino serer process. Use this procedure when you beliee that stopping and immediately restarting a serer will correct a problem. Running custom scripts after starting or stopping a Domino serer You can associate custom scripts with the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino commands for starting and stopping a Domino serer object. About custom scripts: Domino administrators often write a custom script or a set of scripts that kill and restart a Domino serer that has failed to respond to normal control commands. The commands for controlling a Domino serer in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino enable you to run 114 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

135 scripts against an unresponsie Domino serer when normal shutdown methods fail. You can associate up to three separate scripts with this product s commands to start or stop the serer. Place these scripts in the same directory as the notes.ini file on the Domino serer. These scripts are executed when the following conditions are true: The user and group matches the user and group ownership of the notes.ini file. The current directory matches the directory where the script resides. The result from each script is passed to each subsequent script. Any script that returns a result greater than 10,000 signifies an immediate cancellation of the start or stop procedure. Unique error messages are proided for the six possible exit scenarios for the scripts. The following command calls the nsd.kill command to clean up processes on the serer: On UNIX, tmdpoststop.sh On Windows, tmdpoststop.cmd About the Windows NT Serer Serice: The Windows NT operating system runs a Serer serice that gies the operating system the ability to receie requests from the network. Wheneer you feel it is necessary, you can recycle the Serer serice. By default, the operating system associates the Serer serice with the Computer Browser serice. As a conenience, the product enables you to recycle the Serer serice. This operation includes recycling the Computer Browser serice, which is dependent on the Serer serice process. Use one of the following methods to recycle the Serer serice: wtmdrecyclentsrsc command in the command line interface Run the wruntask command with the Recycle NT Serer Serice task in the command line interface Run the Recycle NT Serer Serice task in the Tioli desktop Use the Recycle NT Serer Serice tool in the Management Console The command does not run if you associated other processes with the Serer serice, such as a Web serer process or a database management system (DBMS) process. In these cases, recycle each process manually in the Serices dialog box on Windows NT at a time when the work load on your system permits interruption (stopping and immediate restarting) of these types of processes. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin Do not stop or recycle (restart) a serer unless conditions require that you stop the serer. For example, you might need to stop or recycle a serer whose resource models hae exceeded their thresholds. Also, you might need to stop or recycle a serer as part of normal scheduled maintenance. You can use the following procedures to check conditions on a serer: View serer status as described in Checking serer status on page 111. Determine more detailed information on the status of the serer that you are checking, as described in Checking serer health on page 130. When you finish You can iew serer status as described in Checking serer status on page 111. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 115

136 After you stop a serer and resole problems or perform maintenance, you can start the serer as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to control a serer: wtmdstartserer command to start a Domino Serer. wtmdstopserer command to stop a Domino Serer. wtmdrecycleserer command to restart a serer. wruntask command with the following tasks: Start Serer to start a Domino Serer. Stop Serer to stop a Domino Serer. Recycle Serer to restart a serer. For more information about commands and tasks, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Start Serer to start a Domino Serer. Stop Serer to stop a Domino Serer. Recycle Serer to restart a serer. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for these tasks. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer you want to stop, start, or restart to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window. 3. Select one of the following items in the pop-up menu: Select Start Serer to start the serer. This menu item is aailable when serer status is down. Select Stop Serer to stop the serer. This menu item is aailable when serer status is up. Select Restart Serer to restart the serer. 4. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. Additional Information: When the command finishes running, the Information dialog box displays the results of the operation. 5. Click the Results drop-down list to inspect the results of the operation for the serer or serers that you selected. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select a serer you want to start, stop, or recycle in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 116 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

137 3. Click the Start/Stop/Recycle Serer tool in the Tools - Operations collapsible menu to display the Start/Stop/Recycle Serer dialog box. Figure 60. Start/Stop/Recycle Serer dialog box (Management Console) 4. (Optional) Use one of the following methods to select multiple serers on which to perform this operation: Type multiple serer names separated by semicolons (;) in the Serers area. OR Perform the following steps in the graphical user interface: a. Click the browse icon to the right of the text box in the Serers area to access the Select Serers dialog box. b. Use standard selection methods to select multiple serers. Additional Information: For example, on a Windows keyboard, press Ctrl-a to select all serers, or press Ctrl and click multiple serers, one by one. c. Click OK to return to the Start/Stop/Recycle Serer dialog box. Additional Information: The text box in this dialog box reflects the selections you made in the Select Serers dialog box. 5. Select one of the following options in the Start/Stop/Recycle Serer dialog box: Click Start to start the serer. Click Stop to stop the serer. Click Recycle to recycle the serer. 6. Click OK. 7. Click OK in the confirmation dialog box. Controlling resource models for serers Objectie To start or stop the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration resource models on a Domino serer. Background information This procedure controls IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration resource models on a Domino serer, but does not affect other resource models that might be running on the serer. The procedure for starting resource models has the specific purpose of restarting resource models that you stopped intentionally. You do not need to use this procedure at first because the monitoring process begins automatically on a serer when you distribute a monitoring profile to that serer. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 117

138 When you want to stop a Domino serer for an extended period of time, consider also stopping the Domino serer resource models. The resource models in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration are designed to run continuously. Een when a serer goes down and restarts, the monitoring process continues because IBM Tioli Monitoring continues to run the profiles it has loaded. In particular, resource models that are configured to log information and send status messages continue to generate information unless you stop them. Required Authorization Role Domino_Admin Before You Begin None. When You Finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wdmeng command to start and stop resource models on the serer. For more information, see the Commands appendix of the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer whose resource models you want to start or stop to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window. 3. Select one of the following pop-up menu items: Select Start Resource Models to start resource models. Select Stop Resource Models to stop resource models. 4. Click OK in the confirmation dialog box. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select a serer whose resource models you want to start or stop in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the profile with the resource model you want to start or stop. 4. Right-click in the Profile-Resource Model-Status header bar to display the pop-up menu, and select one of the start or stop resource model options. 118 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

139 Figure 61. Start/Stop Resource Model pop-up menu for a serer (Management Console) Running Domino tasks Additional information: When you start a resource model, Running is displayed in the Status column next to the name of the resource model. When you stop a resource model, Stopped is displayed in the Status column. Objectie To start or stop a Lotus Domino task. Background information This procedure enables you to run Lotus Domino administration tasks. You cannot use this tool to run Tioli tasks. See Running tasks on page 172 for information on running Tioli tasks. The following Lotus Domino administration tasks are aailable in this procedure: router, replica, update, amgr, adminp, calconn, eent, sched, stats, http, diiop, maps. See your Lotus Domino documentation for further information on Domino tasks. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Management Console only. Management Console: Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 119

140 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer for which you want to run a Domino task in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the Start/Stop Domino Task tool in the Tools - Serers collapsible menu to display the Start/Stop Domino Task dialog box. Figure 62. Start/Stop Domino Task dialog box (Management Console) 4. (Optional) Use one of the following methods to select multiple serers on which to perform this operation: Type multiple serer names separated by semicolons (;) in the Serers area. OR Use the graphical user interface as follows: a. Click the browse icon to the right of the text box in the Serers area to access the Select Serers dialog box. b. Use standard selection methods to select multiple serers. Additional Information: For example on a Windows keyboard, press Ctrl-a to select all serers, or press Ctrl and click multiple serers, one by one. c. Click OK to return to the Start/Stop Domino Task dialog box. Additional Information: The text box in this dialog box reflects the selections you made in the Select Serers dialog box. 5. Select the Domino task that you want to control in the Domino Task drop-down menu. See your Lotus Domino documentation for further information on Domino tasks. 6. Select one of the following options: Click Start to start a Domino task. Click Stop to stop a Domino Task. 7. Click Execute. 8. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. Additional Information: When execution completes, the Information dialog box displays the results of the operation. 9. Click the Results drop-down list to inspect the results of the operation for the serer or serers that you selected. 120 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

141 Viewing serer properties Objectie To iew the properties of a Domino serer. Background information Figure 63 shows the Serer Properties display in the Management Console. You can see the same alues in the Domino Serer Properties message box of the Tioli desktop. Table 7 on page 36 describes all properties for Domino serers. Figure 63. Serer properties dialog box (Management Console) Required authorization role Domino_User Before you begin You must define a Domino serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. When you finish From the Tioli desktop, in addition to iewing these properties, you can modify the Tioli Data Protection attributes. See Editing serer properties on page 122 for information on using the desktop or the Management Console to edit serer properties. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop or the Management Console. Desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer whose properties you want to iew to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 121

142 Editing serer properties 3. Select Properties in the pop-up menu to display the Domino Serer Properties dialog box. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer whose properties you want to iew in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the Serer Properties tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Serer Properties dialog box. 4. Click OK to close the dialog box. Objectie To edit the properties of a serer to enable administrators and users to determine the behaior of the serer. Background information Seeral properties of a Domino serer affect the backup and retrieal process. To set up automatic backups and restores, you must hae Tioli Data Protection. See Chapter 12, Backing up and restoring Domino databases on page 249 for more information on this topic. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin You create a serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. When you finish Periodically check serer status as described in Checking serer status on page 111. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop or the Management Console. Desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer whose properties you want to edit to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window. 3. Select Properties in the pop-up menu to display the Domino Serer Properties dialog box. See Figure 64 on page IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

143 Figure 64. Domino Serer Properties dialog box (Desktop) 4. Type the port number that the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino addin process uses in the Tioli Addin Port text box. 5. Type the serer password in the Serer Password text box. 6. Type the alues to configure backups and restores: Note: Do not enter alues in these text boxes if you do not hae Tioli Data Protection and Tioli Storage Manager software installed. a. Type the path of the product in the TDP Program Directory text box. b. Type the path of the Tioli Storage Manager API in the TSM API Directory text box. c. Type the name of the Tioli Data Protection configuration file, for example, domdsm.cfg, inthetdp Configuration File text box. d. Type the name of the Tioli Data Protection options file in the TDP Options File text box. e. Type the name of the Tioli Data Protection user in the TDP User text box. f. Type the password for Tioli Data Protection in the TDP Password text box. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 123

144 7. Select one or more Serer Type check boxes to assign resource model profiles that correspond to the role that the serer performs in your Domino system. 8. Click OK. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. 2. Click the Serers tab in the Configuration pane. 3. In the Configure Serers list, do one of the following: To edit a single serer, click on the row of the serer whose properties you want to edit. OR To edit multiple serers, click in the column to the left of the Configure Serers list to place a check mark beside each serer that you want to edit. 4. Click Edit in the tool bar aboe the Configure Serer list to display the Edit dialog box. Figure 65. Edit dialog box (Management Console) 5. In the Apply changes to area, click the option that corresponds to the serer you selected in Step 3. If you are editing a single serer, the option for that serer is the default selection. Additional Information: (Optional) If you selected multiple serers to edit in Step 3, the All selected serers button is selected by default. Your edits apply to all serers that you selected in Step IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

145 Note: When you select the All selected serers option, you must select the check box beside each field to enable the text fields and specify a alue that will be applied to all selected serers. 6. Type new alues in the following text boxes of the Basics tab: Note: You can edit all attributes except the name of the Domino serer (Object Label), the name of endpoint in the Tioli management region (Endpoint Name), and the path name of the.ini file (INI File Location). If you are editing multiple serers, you can select the INI File Location field; howeer, the product ignores this setting for any serer you are editing that is already configured. Policy Region Policy region to which a serer or serers are moed. The policy region must already exist. See Managing policy regions on page 26 for more information on creating a policy region. Serer Password If specified, the password for this serer s ID file that is used for starting the serer. (This field is not aailable for Windows NT.) Port The port number to use for the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino process. Type Defines the type of Domino serer: Mail Database serer, Web serer, Mail Router serer, Application serer, and News serer. 7. Select the Backup tab in the Edit dialog box and enter new alues for the properties, as necessary. See Chapter 12, Backing up and restoring Domino databases on page 249 for more information on backup procedures. Note: Do not enter alues in these text boxes if you do not hae Tioli Data Protection. TDP Program Directory Directory where Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is installed. TSM Api Directory Directory where the Tioli Storage Manager API files are installed. TDP Configuration File Name of the Tioli Data Protection configuration file, relatie to the TDP Program Directory. By default, the configuration file is domdsm.cfg. TDP Options File Name of the Tioli Data Protection options file, relatie to TDP Program Directory. By default, the options file is dsm.opt. TDP User Name of the Tioli Data Protection user. TDP Password If specified, the password for the Tioli Data Protection user. 8. Click Sae. The State column of the Configure Serer list refreshes and reflects your edits. Additional Information: All serers in the list hae a State code of U (not configured for the product) or C (configured for the product). In this step, the letter M is added to the State code for the serer or serers that you hae modified. These are the results: Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 125

146 CM means you hae modified the configuration settings of a serer that is already configured for the product. UM means you hae made configuration settings for a serer that is not configured for the product. 9. (Optional) To configure multiple serers, complete the following action before going to the next step: click in the column to the left of the Configure Serers list to place a check mark beside each serer that you want to configure. 10. Click Configure aboe the Configure Serers list to display the Configure dialog box. Viewing Domino statistics Figure 66. Configure dialog box (Management Console) 11. Click one of the following options in the Configure Option area: Click the name of the serer that is highlighted in the Configure Serers list to configure only that serer. OR Click All modified serers to configure all edited serers. OR Click All selected serers to configure all serers that you selected in the Configure Serers list, as described in Step Click Execute. 13. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box that appears. The Results area refreshes with the status of the configuration command for each of the selected serers. 14. Click Close. Objectie To iew the current statistics for a Domino serer as a snapshot of serer actiity. 126 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

147 Background information Use this procedure to iew any or all statistics for a Domino serer in statistical categories such as memory (mem.), mail (mail.), serer (serer.), and disk (disk.). The product refers to the type of the serer, for example Web serer or mail database serer, to determine which statistics to collect and which statistics to make aailable in the graphical user interface for this procedure. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin You must define a Domino serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. When you finish Take remedial action if results indicate a problem. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to query statistics for a Domino serer: wtmdquerystat command wruntask command with the Query Statistics task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Query Statistics. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer whose statistics you want to iew. This displays the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window and select Show Statistics in the pop-up menu to display the Show Statistics dialog box. 3. Use the Statistic Type drop-down list to select the type of statistic you want to show, or select All to show all statistics for the serer. The list of aailable statistics refreshes to show only the statistics aailable for the serer you are iewing. 4. Click Execute to display the statistics in the Statistic Output area. 5. Click Close. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer whose statistics you want to iew in the tree iew on the left side of the console. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 127

148 3. Click the Show Serer Statistics tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Show Serer Statistics dialog box. Figure 67. Show Serer Statistics dialog box (Management Console) 4. Use the drop-down list in the Statistic area to select the type of statistic you want to show, or select All to show all statistics for the serer. The list of aailable statistics refreshes to show only the statistics aailable for the serer you are iewing. 5. Click Execute to display the statistics in the Statistic Output area. 6. Click Close. Entering a Domino remote console command Objectie To open the Domino serer console and execute commands within the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino enironment. Background information You can issue a Lotus Domino serer command from the remote console. See the Lotus Domino documentation for more information on Domino commands. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin You must define a Domino serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. 128 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

149 Command line: Use the following commands to issue console commands to a Domino Serer: wtmdremoteconsole command wruntask command with the Remote Console task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Remote Console. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window and select Remote Console in the pop-up menu to display the Remote Console dialog box. 3. Type a Domino console command in the Command text box. 4. Click Execute. 5. View the results of the command in the Console Output area. 6. Click Close. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the Remote Console tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Remote Console dialog box. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 129

150 Checking serer health Figure 68. Remote Console dialog box (Management Console) 4. Type a Domino console command in the Console Command area. 5. Click Execute. 6. View the results of the command in the Console Output area. 7. Click Close. Objectie To check the current state of all processes on a Domino serer. You can also check the status of notes.ini tasks and serer console tasks in the Management Console. Background information Domino serer health consists of the status (up or down) of the following processes: Tioli Addin, Core Database, Eent Monitor, Billing Manager, Cluster Database Directory, Cluster Replicator, HTTP, Web Retrieer, SMTP, NNTP, LDAP, POP3, IMAP, Replication, Mail Router, Statistics Monitor, Agent Manager, Admin Process, Schedule Manager, and Calendar Manager. To add to this list of processes, use the Notes.ini Task areas mentioned in the procedure below. Both the Notes.ini Task area and the Name area are for third-party tasks only. Required authorization role Domino_User Before you begin You must define a Domino serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. When you finish Take remedial action if results indicate a problem. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. 130 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

151 Command line: Use the following commands to check the health of a Domino Serer. wtmdcheckhealth command wruntask command with the Check Health task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Check Health. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer whose health you want to check to display the Policy Region window. 2. Double-click the icon of the profile manager for the serer you want to check to display the Profile Manager dialog box. 3. Right-click the serer icon in the Profile Manager window and select Check Health in the pop-up menu to display the Check Health dialog box containing the results. Additional information: The status of a process can be Running, Hung, or Stopped. 4. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the Check Health tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Check Health dialog box. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 131

152 Figure 69. Check Health dialog box (Management Console) 4. (Optional) Type a list of third-party tasks as they appear in the Lotus Domino Serer Notes.ini file into the Notes.ini Task area to include these tasks in the list of task results. Separate these tasks using commas. If you complete this step, you must also complete the next step. 5. (Optional) Type a list of third-party tasks as they appear in the Management Console Show Task command. The order of the names should correspond to the order in the Notes.ini Task area. Separate these tasks using commas. If you complete this step, you must also complete the preious step. 6. Click Execute, and iew results in the Processes State area. 7. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box. Viewing and searching log files Objectie To iew and search log file information for a Domino serer. Background information The Lotus Notes log file, log.nsf, records serer actiity for a Domino serer. This information can help you manage serer resources in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin You must create a Domino serer object as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. When you finish None 132 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

153 Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to search the log file of a Domino Serer: wtmdquerylog command to search the log file of a Domino Serer. wtmdquerydoc command to iew the full text of a log file for a Domino serer. wruntask command with the Query Log task to search the log file of a Domino serer. For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Query Log. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer whose log file you want to access. This displays the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window and select Log File Parser in the pop-up menu to display the Log File Analysis dialog box. 3. Type the name of the Lotus Notes form to search in the Form Name text box. Use one of the following form types: session to search for log file data in the Session form. actiity to search for log file data in the Actiity form. eents to search for log file data in the Misc. Eents form. replication to search for log file data in the Replication form. routing to search for log file data in the Mail Routing form. call to search for log file data in the Phone Call form. incoming to search for log file data in the Phone Call - Incoming form. outgoing to search for log file data in the Phone Call - Outgoing form. size to search for log file data in the Size form. nntp to search for log file data in the NNTP Eents form. usage to search for log file data in the Object Store Usage form. passthru to search for log file data in the Passthru Connection form. 4. Type a starting date for the parsing of the log file in the Starting Date text box. 5. Type strings in the Include String area and in the Exclude String area to cause the Output area to display. Exclude lines from the display in the Log File Analysis area, according to your specifications. Apply the following rules: You must proide either an include string or an exclude string. An Include String specification generates output of only those lines that contain the string. In other words, an Include String specification excludes all lines except lines that contain the string. If a line contains your include string and also contains your exclude string, that line is excluded. In other words, exclusion supersedes inclusion. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 133

154 You can enter multiple strings, separated by semicolons (;). 6. Type a numerical alue in the Tail Count text box. Additional information: The alue you specify determines the number of lines that are displayed from the end of the log file. 7. Click Execute to retriee the log file data and display it in the Log File Analysis area. 8. Click Close. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. In the tree iew on the left side of the console, select the serer whose log file you want to access. 3. Click the Search Log File tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Search Log File dialog box. Figure 70. Search Log File dialog box (Management Console) 4. Type the name of the Domino serer whose log files you want to search. 5. In the Form Name drop-down list, select the name of the Notes form to search for. Choose one of the following types of form: Select Session to search for log file data in the Session form. Select Actiity to search for log file data in the Actiity form. Select Misc. Eents to search for log file data in the Misc. Eents form. Select Replication to search for log file data in the Replication form. Select Mail Routing to search for log file data in the Mail Routing form. Select Phone Call to search for log file data in the Phone Call form. 134 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

155 Select Phone Call - Incoming to search for log file data in the Phone Call - Incoming form. Select Phone Call - Outgoing to search for log file data in the Phone Call - Outgoing form. Select Size to search for log file data in the Size form. Select NNTP Eents to search for log file data in the NNTP Eents form. Select Object Store Usage to search for log file data in the Object Store Usage form. Select Passthru Connection to search for log file data in the Passthru Connection form. 6. Type strings in the Include String area and in the Exclude String area to cause the Output area to display. Exclude lines from the display in the Log File Analysis area, according to your specifications. Keep in mind the following rules: You must proide either an include string or an exclude string. An Include String specification generates output of only those lines that contain the string. In other words, an Include String specification excludes all lines except lines that contain the string. If a line contains your include string and also contains your exclude string, that line is excluded. In other words, exclusion supersedes inclusion. You can enter multiple strings, separated by semicolons (;). 7. Type a numerical alue in the Tail text box. Additional information: The alue you specify determines the number of lines that are displayed from the end of the log file. 8. Type a starting date for your query in the Date text box. 9. Click Execute to retriee the log file data and display it in the Output area. 10. (Optional) Click Details to display the Log File Document dialog box where you can access the log file whose complete information you want to iew. 11. Click Close. Checking for database corruption Objectie To check for corruption in a database or databases on a Domino serer. Background information During this procedure, the product attempts to fix any database corruption that it finds. Required authorization role Domino_User Before you begin None When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to check for database corruption: Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 135

156 wtmdchkdbcorruption command. wruntask command with the Check Database Corruption task. For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Check Database Corruption. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. In the tree iew on the left side of the console, select a serer that you want to check for corruption. 3. Click the Check Database Corruption tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Check Database Corruption dialog box. Figure 71. Check Database Corruption dialog box (Management Console) 4. In the Database Specification text box, enter the names of database files that you want to check. Follow the rules that are listed in the discussion of the database name parameter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide when you specify the names and locations of database files in this text box. Separate multiple database specifications with commas. 5. Type the name of the database iews that you want to see in the View text box to limit the number of database iews that the Corrupt Views area displays. Separate multiple iew names with commas. 6. Click Execute. The product attempts to fix corruption that it finds. 7. View the Corrupt Views area, which lists all databases that were corrupted and shows a flag to indicate whether the corruption is fixed. 136 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

157 8. Click Close. Verifying mail files and checking Mail Waiting Objectie To erify the setup of mail database files and to check the queue of mail that is waiting on a Domino serer. Background information This procedure generates the following two lists to help you analyze the status of mail in multiple mailboxes on a Domino mail database serer: Mail that is currently waiting in the Domino serer s mailbox, mail.box. This list shows the mailbox, destination, sender, and duration of wait for each mail item that is waiting. This list can reeal performance that does not meet the serice leel objecties for your system. Names of mail database files in the Domino serer s file system that do not hae corresponding user names in the serer Name and Address Book. For example, if an administrator remoed the user jbrown from a Name and Address Book, she or he might forget to delete that user s mail database file, jbrown.nsf. This procedure would list the jbrown.nsf file so that you can take correctie action. Note: In the Management Console, both lists generate at the same time, in the same dialog box. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin Start the serer, as described in Controlling a serer on page 113. When you finish Take appropriate correctie action if results indicate unused mail database files or slow performance of a Domino mail database serer. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to check mail files: wtmderifymail command to see a list of the names of mail database files in the Domino Serer file system that do not hae corresponding entries in the Name and Address Book. wtmdmailwaiting command to check for mail that is waiting. wruntask command with the following Tioli tasks: Mail Waiting Verify Mail Query NAB For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Mail Waiting Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 137

158 Verify Mail Query NAB See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for these tasks. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. In the tree iew on the left side of the console, select a serer that you want to check for mail that is waiting and to check for unused mail databases. 3. Click the Mail tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Mail dialog box. Figure 72. Mail dialog box (Management Console) 4. Click Execute to perform the test. 5. Make note of mail wait times that exceed the performance objecties for your system in the Mail Waiting area so that you can take correctie action. 6. Make note of unused mail databases in the NAB Test Failed Databases area so that you can take correctie action. 7. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box. 138 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

159 Viewing replication information Objectie To determine whether a Domino serer replicated according to the schedule defined by its name and address book (NAB). This procedure compares schedules with the replication log in the log.nsf file. If it finds no log entries for the scheduled replication, it reports the replication as a Miss. If the log entries do not match any schedule, it reports the schedule as a Manual replication. If there is a match, it reports the schedule as a Hit. Background information None Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin None When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to check replication results for a Domino serer: wtmdcheckrep command wruntask command with the Check Replication task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Check Replication. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window and select Replication Analysis in the pop-up menu to display the Replication Analysis dialog box. 3. (Optional) Type strings in the Include String area and in the Exclude String area to cause the Output area to display. Exclude lines from the display in the Replication Analysis area, according to your specifications. Keep in mind the following rules: Your specifications affect only the Eents section and the Database section of the log. An Include String specification generates output of only those lines that contain the string. In other words, an Include String specification excludes all lines except lines that contain the string. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 139

160 If a line contains your include string and also contains your exclude string, that line is excluded. In other words, exclusion supersedes inclusion. You can enter multiple strings, separated by semicolons (;). 4. In the Date text box, enter the date on which you want your check of replication history to begin. Use a numerical format for the month, day, and year, as follows: MM/DD/YYYY. 5. Click Execute to retriee the data and display it in the Replication Analysis area. 6. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. In the tree iew on the left side of the console, select the serer. 3. Click the Check Replication tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Check Replication dialog box. Figure 73. Check Replication dialog box (Management Console) 4. (Optional) Type strings in the Include String area and in the Exclude String area to cause the Output area to display. Exclude lines from the display in the Replication Analysis area, according to your specifications. Keep in mind the following rules: Your specifications affect only the Eents section and the Database section of the log. An Include String specification generates output of only those lines that contain the string. In other words, an Include String specification excludes all lines except lines that contain the string. If a line contains your include string and also contains your exclude string, that line is excluded. In other words, exclusion supersedes inclusion. You can enter multiple strings, separated by semicolons (;). 140 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

161 Checking for inactie users 5. In the Starting Date text box, enter the date on which you want your check of replication history to begin. Additional Information: Instead of entering a date, you can click on the date icon to the right of the Date text box and select a date in the calendar that is displayed. 6. Click Execute to retriee the data and display it in the Output area. 7. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box. Objectie To generate a list of inactie users for a Domino serer. Background information This procedure identifies users who hae not accessed a specific Domino serer during a period of days that you specify. The list of these users includes the last date that each user accessed the serer. The date that the command returns, if any, precedes the period of days that you specify. Required authorization role Domino_User Before you begin None When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to generate a list of inactie users for a Domino Serer wtmdchkinactusers command wruntask command with the Check Inactie Users task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Check Inactie Users. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the Check Inactie Users tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Check Inactie Users dialog box. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 141

162 Figure 74. Check Inactie Users dialog box (Management Console) 4. In the Days text box, enter a number to define a period of days that users are inactie. 5. Click Execute to retriee a list of inactie users and display it in the Inactie Users area. Additional Information: The User column displays names of users who hae not accessed the serer in the period of days that you define. The Date column displays beside each name the time that a user preiously connected to the serer. 6. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box. Viewing and changing the Access Control List (ACL) Objectie To iew and change the access control list (ACL) for a database on a Domino serer. Background information This procedure enables you to iew and change ACL permissions for Domino databases while you are working in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. The procedure also enables you to create and delete users and modify permissions in the ACL. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin None When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands for ACLs: 142 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

163 wtmdaclmod command to modify the ACL for a database on a Domino serer. wtmdgetacl command to iew a list of all database ACL entries and the access leels for the specified databases on the specified serer. wruntask command with the following tasks: Modify Database ACLs task to modify the ACL for a database on a Domino serer. Get ACLs task to iew a list of all database ACL entries and the access leels for the specified databases on the specified serer. For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Modify Database ACLs task to modify the ACL for a database on a Domino serer. Get ACLs task to iew a list of all database ACL entries and the access leels for the specified databases on the specified serer.. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. In the tree iew on the left side of the console, select the serer whose database ACLs you want to modify. 3. Click the ACL tool in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu. The ACL dialog box is displayed with the serer s name in the Serer text box. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 143

164 Figure 75. ACL dialog box (Management Console) 4. In the Database Specification text box, enter the names of database files whose ACLs you want to modify. Follow the rules that are listed in the discussion of the database name parameter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide when you specify the names and locations of database files in this text box. Separate multiple database specifications with commas. 5. Press Enter. The User list in the ACL area refreshes to show the database users. 6. Modify the User list as follows: Add a user. a. Right-click in the list of users. b. Select Add user in the pop-up menu to inoke the Add user dialog box. c. Enter a user name. d. Click OK. OR Delete a user. 144 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

165 a. Right-click the user you want to delete in the list of users. b. Select Delete user in the pop-up menu to inoke the confirmation dialog box. c. Click Yes to confirm deletion of the user. OR Rename a user. a. Right-click the user you want to rename in the list of users. b. Select Rename user in the pop-up menu to inoke the Rename user dialog box. c. Enter a new user name. d. Click OK. 7. Select the user name whose permissions you want to inspect or modify. The permissions options in the ACL area refresh to reflect the permissions for the selected user. 8. Select the permissions options that you want to grant to the user. Note: Remember to clear any permission options that you want to reoke for the selected user. Select Cannot create notes to preent a user with Author priileges from creating new notes. Select Cannot delete notes to preent a user from deleting notes. Select Create personal agents to permit a user to create personal agents. Select Create personal folders/iews to permit a user to create personal folders and iews. Select Create shared folders/iews to permit a user to create and update shared iews and folders. This selection enables a user with Editor priileges to assume some Designer-leel access. Select Create LotusScript to permit a user to create LotusScripts. Select Read public notes to permit a user to read public notes. Select Write public notes to permit a user to write public notes. Select Cannot register monitors to preent a user from registering monitors for this database. Select Release locked notes to permit a user to release locked documents. 9. In the Access drop-down list, select a type of access to grant: No Access, Depositor, Reader, Author, Editor, Designer, ormanager. See the Lotus Domino documentation for more information on these options. 10. In the User type drop-down list, select one of the following options: Serer defines the type of user to be a serer. Person defines the type of user to be a person. Group defines the type of user to be a group. Admin Reader Author defines the type of user to be an administration serer that can modify reader and author fields in the database. Admin Serer defines the type of user to be an administration serer. 11. Click in the column to the left of a priilege in the Priileges area to select or deselect a priilege for the selected user. 12. Click Execute to apply your ACL modifications. 13. Click Close. Chapter 5. Working with Lotus Domino Serers 145

166 146 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

167 Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations A Domino Performance Station is a irtual Notes user that you can use to run simulated user transactions against Domino serers. This simulated transaction is called a probe. Probes perform the following functions: Test a specific aspect of a Notes application, such as replicating a database or generating a piece of mail Reeal the performance of a system from the perspectie of the Notes user Proide data for the assessment of a system s conformance with serice-leel agreements (SLAs) In the Domino Performance Station Resource Models profile manager, a profile exists for each Domino Performance Station object that you create. By default each profile has the following resource models, which you can add or remoe at any time: DPSCalendarEntry DPSDatabaseAccess DPSNABSearch DPSNetEcho DPSReplicateLocal DPSRoundTripMail DPSWebAccess DPSDominoIntegrity Table 11 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 11. Goals and where to find procedures for working with Domino Performance Stations Goal Design your Domino Performance Station installation. Create the Domino Performance Stations you need in appropriate locations throughout the network. Add probes that measure the quantities and qualities you need to capture. Configure these probes to report results and alert you to threshold eents. Manage Domino Performance Stations. Where to find procedures Planning and implementation on page 148 Configuring a Domino Performance Station on page 152 Configuring probes for a station on page 156 Configuring a resource model to monitor probes on page 158 Deleting a Domino Performance Station on page 161 Controlling a station on page 161 Controlling resource models for stations on page 163 Manage probes. Deleting probes on page 164 Resetting probes on page 165 Copyright IBM Corp

168 Table 11. Goals and where to find procedures for working with Domino Performance Stations (continued) Goal Diagnose user performance problems and station status. Where to find procedures Running a probe one time on page 166 Checking probe status on page 168 Checking the integrity of a performance station on page 169 Authorization Roles for Domino Performance Stations To access Domino Performance Station functionality, users must hae the following roles either globally or in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region: Minimum roles: user, Domino_User, Domino_DPS_User To access station configuration functions: Domino_DPS_Admin Planning and implementation This section coers the following topics to help you plan and implement probing: System design guidelines Hardware, software, and network guidelines Guidelines for creating Domino Performance Stations Probe characteristics System design guidelines Design and deployment of a system for probing requires the knowledge of a Domino architect to resole the following issues: Where should Domino Performance Stations be located? Which probes are necessary for a particular station? Which client-serer communications require probing? For example, a client can communicate with many Domino serers, but you might need to probe only a few of those client-serer connections. Note: Within the Tioli Desktop, you must not moe station objects from their original policy regions. Also, you must not moe profiles for station objects from the original profile manager that contains the Domino Performance Station resource models that you deploy. Probes and the serer they test Each probe is intended to test a specific transaction against a specific serer, such as Notes-to-Notes mail. The performance and aailability results reflect the Notes client s experience at the Domino Performance Station. Network topology ersus physical layout Gie attention to network topology. Een when your Domino Performance Stations are physically adjacent, they might access the network through different links, or they might exist on completely separate networks. Be sure you are testing the correct networks and connections. 148 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

169 Scope of testing If possible, probe each serer that can be tested by a probe transaction. If it is not possible to test all serers, probe the most important mail, address book, and application serers. Although you might want to thoroughly probe performance for all users, whereer they are located, you must guard against the following two problems: Excessie probing oerloads the station with transactions and distorts performance readings. Deploying probes to all serers might be unrealistic for large and broadly distributed networks. Testing serer performance If you primarily want to probe serer performance, deploy probes on the serer site or as close on the network as possible to the serer site. That way, the probes test serer performance with minimal interference from the effects of network performance. Testing network performance If you primarily want to probe network performance for Notes clients, deploy probes at representatie Notes client sites, so that probes reflect the experience of Notes users, including the effects of network performance. You can customize sets of probes to the needs of each specific network. Keep in mind that specific user sites in your network might require access to only a few principal mail or application serers. Eliminate probes that test serers that a Notes client rarely or neer uses. Testing aailability A probe can detect that a serer is unaailable, but it cannot determine whether the serer itself is down or the network connection to the serer is down. You can use the following methods to resole this issue: Connect sets of similar probes on separate networks to the same serer. When both sets show interruptions of serice, you hae a strong indication that the serer itself is down. Within the serer site, connect sets of similar probes located on separate stations to the same serer. When both sets show interruptions of serice, you hae a strong indication that the serer itself is down. Use the DPSNetEcho probe to monitor key nodes in the network path, independently of any serer application. With appropriate monitors, DPSNetEcho can send alerts when problems are detected in the network. Note: DPSNetEcho seres as a tool to test oerall network communication. Howeer, you must specify a serer for DPSNetEcho to communicate with. This communication represents a minimal transaction that proes only that the message reaches the serer hardware. Because no interaction with serer applications takes place, the probe proides no information about serer performance. Starting small Testing on a small scale is the best way to ealuate your plan for probe deployment. Run one or more Domino Performance Stations at each site and examine the measurement results to alidate your configurations and capacity planning estimates. You can also use the Probe Once function to run indiidual probes, as described in Running a probe one time on page 166. One of the most Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 149

170 important adantages that small-scale testing offers is erification of access to resources. If you prematurely run a full set of probes, you might generate a large number of error messages. Hardware, software, and network guidelines To achiee accurate probing, Domino Performance Stations should be Notes client computers that are dedicated to running probe tests. Test results from a dedicated station are free from the distortion that a user might introduce as they perform operations that might interfere with the probes you run. Each computer that you set up as a performance station must hae the following characteristics: Is an endpoint in the Tioli management region Runs the Windows NT or Windows 2000 operating system Is configured as a Notes client under Lotus Notes, Version 5.x Has local copies of probe user ID files for each serer to be tested, or has network access to these files A Domino Performance Station must hae Tioli endpoint software (Tioli management agent) installed. It is not necessary to install Tioli software on the Domino serers with which the Domino Performance Station communicates. Thus, a probe can test client-serer communications for any Domino serer in the system, een when the Domino serer is not configured as a Lotus Domino Serer object in the Tioli management region. In such cases, you can consider probing to be a form of proxy monitoring. Guidelines for creating Domino Performance Stations You should consider the following factors when you create Domino Performance Stations: Deciding how many stations to create You should create Domino Performance Stations on dedicated computers at eery user or serer site where you want to monitor performance. The stations that you create must run probes for eery aspect of performance that you need to test. Howeer, you must decide how many Domino Performance Stations you need to create. One station might be able to run all probes for a specific site in a network. Howeer, it is more likely that you will hae to create multiple stations to perform the probing that you need for a specific site. To estimate the number of probes needed for each station, you must account for the load that probe transactions add to the network. Managing system resources for probe transactions A probe transaction demands time from the system for the following actions: probe execution, housekeeping, and other oerhead functions. The time interals at which you run a probe strongly affect the demand on system resources. Each Domino Performance Station has a controller that inokes the probe tests at the interals that you set, coordinates the execution of multiple probes, and manages test timeouts. Minimizing the impact of probe transactions To minimize the impact of probe transactions on any indiidual Notes client, you can distribute probes to multiple stations at the site you are testing. Presumably all 150 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

171 clients at the site you test link to the same serers for Web, mail, and other serices. If not, be sure to deploy probes to stations that can test the correct serers. The number of probes that a single Domino Performance Station can support aries with the number and type of probe, the number of times each hour that the probes execute, and the configuration parameters that you choose. You must deelop a customized probe plan to match the characteristics of your system. See System design guidelines on page 148 for general information on this topic. Probe Characteristics Types of probes The following Domino Performance Station probes can emulate Notes user transactions and measure end-to-end response times: DPSCalendarEntry creates and remoes a calendar entry in the test user s mail file on the serer you specify. DPSDatabaseAccess accesses a serer database from the station client. DPSNABSearch searches the serer you select for a specific pattern in a name and address book. DPSNetEcho sends a network data packet to a serer using the protocol you specify. DPSReplicateLocal replicates a serer database to the local Notes client. DPSRoundTripMail sends an message from a source serer to a target mail user. DPSWebAccess accesses a Web page on the serer you specify from the station client. Scheduling probes Domino administrators often set up a Domino Performance Station to run multiple probes of the same type. For example, to run two types of probes against three Notes mail application serers, a Domino Performance Station needs six probes: three probes of the first type and three probes of the second type. Each of these probes receies a test ID that permits IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino to trace results for each test transaction. Keep in mind the following implications as probes run in a multithreaded mode: Two probes on a station might run a transaction with the same database. If their execution oerlaps, the resulting transaction time might falsely indicate slower response time. Because of the possibility of oerlap that arises with multithreading, it is always recommended that you minimize the number of probes that you run from a station. Be aware that a probe execution occurs within a transaction window, a time period within which the probe s test must execute. This window is defined by the combination of the execution offset, cleanup period, and probe interal, which are defined as follows: Execution offset Time period that the controller delays the launch of the probe. For example, after you set one probe s interal parameter to 10 minutes, the controller might calculate an offset of 45 seconds to delay execution in relation to another probe on the same station. If execution was set to Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 151

172 begin at 12 PM (12:00:00) the controller delays execution 45 seconds. So, execution begins at 12:00:45 and continues in ten-minute interals at 12:10:45, 12:20:45, 12:30:45, 12:40:45, and so on. Cleanup period Small, fixed time period for cleaning up resources allocated during test execution. Probe interal Interal that you set for the repeated execution of a probe transaction. The minimum polling interal is once a day, and the maximum that you can specify is eery 10 minutes. Configuring a Domino Performance Station Objectie To create a Domino Performance Station on a Notes client computer and specify the Domino serer or serers that the station is capable of testing. Background information A probe tests communication between a client and a serer. The serers that a specific Domino Performance Station communicates with are called tested serers. You specify the Domino serer or serers to be tested when you create or edit a Domino Performance Station. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Note: The Domino_DPS_User role allows you to use one of the commands in this procedure: wdpsqueryserers. Before you begin Determine where in your Domino enironment to set up dedicated Notes clients as Domino Performance Stations. Eery time you create a Domino Performance Station, a profile is created automatically. When you finish Determine which probes the Domino Performance Station should hae and add those probes, as described in Configuring probes for a station on page 156. Within the Tioli Desktop, you must not moe station objects from their original policy regions. Also, you must not moe profiles for station objects from the original profile manager that contains the Domino Performance Station resource models that you deploy. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to configure a Domino Performance Station: wdpscreate command to create a Domino Performance Station. For example, the following command creates a station called Station1 on an endpoint called NotesClient1: wdpscreate Station1 NotesClient1 c:\lotus\notes\notes.ini 152 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

173 wdpsaddserercommand to add a tested serer to the performance station configuration. wdpsremoeserer command to remoe a tested serer from the performance station configuration. wdpsqueryserers command to obtain a list of serers that the performance station can probe. In general, only the Domino_DPS_Admin role is able to execute this procedure. Howeer, operators who hae the Domino_DPS_User role can use the wdpsqueryserers command. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for further information about these commands. Desktop: 1. Open the Messaging and Collaboration policy region or a policy region within that region. 2. Select Create Domino Performance Station to display the Create a Domino Performance Station dialog box. Figure 76. Create a Domino Performance Station dialog box (Desktop) 3. In the Endpoint Name text box, enter the name of the Tioli endpoint that you want to set up as a Domino Performance Station. 4. Type a unique name for the station in the Station text box. The name must conform to the conentions for object-label names that are presented in the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. 5. In the Notes INI File text box, enter the path of the notes.ini file for the endpoint. 6. Click Set and Execute to create the station and a corresponding profile. Note: You used the Tioli desktop to create a Domino Performance Station. Howeer, the Tioli desktop does not enable you to query, add, and modify the tested serers for the station or its probes. Instead of the desktop, use the command line or Management Console to configure tested serers for a performance station, as described in this procedure. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. Click the Create tool in the Tools - Stations collapsible menu to display the Create dialog box. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 153

174 Figure 77. Create dialog box (Management Console) 3. Type a unique name for the station in the text box that is in the Station section. The name must conform to the conentions for object-label names that are presented in the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. 4. In the Endpoint text box, enter the name of the Tioli endpoint that you want to set up as a Domino Performance Station. Note: Do not configure (create) a Domino Performance Station on an endpoint that you already hae configured with a Domino Performance Station or with a Lotus Domino Serer object. Such a configuration can generate inalid performance data and can cause resource conflicts. 5. In the INI File Location text box, enter the path of the notes.ini file for that endpoint. 6. (Optional) In the TEC Serer text box, enter the location of the Tioli Enterprise Console serer. 7. If you want to add tested serers at this time, click Add Serer in the Tested Serers section to display the Add Serer dialog box. Additional information: The following options are aailable in the Tested Serers section: 154 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

175 Add tested serer: Edit tested serer: Delete tested serer: Figure 78. Tested Serers buttons in the Add Serer dialog box (Management Console) 8. Complete the following text boxes in the Add Serer dialog box to supply the arguments for a tested serer: Serer Name The common name of the Domino serer. Host The host name or IP address of the host on which the Domino serer resides. ID File The location of the test user ID file for this serer. You can use an absolute path or a path that is relatie to the Notes data directory. This file must be present on the station or accessible from the station on a shared network location. Password The password to authenticate the test user ID. Mail DB The relatie path to the test user s mail file on the serer. 9. Click OK in the Add Serer dialog box to add the serer to the Tested Serers list. 10. Click OK in the Create dialog box to create the tested serer. Select a serer name in the Tested Serers list and perform one of the following actions: Click edit to access the Edit Serer dialog box. OR Click delete to access the Delete Serer dialog box. 11. Click OK to create the station and return to the Performance pane. The name of the new station is displayed in the Station tree iew on the left side of the console. Note: Eery time you create a Domino Performance Station, a profile is created automatically. Within the Tioli Desktop, you must not moe station objects from their original policy regions. Also, you must not moe profiles for station objects from the original profile manager that contains the Domino Performance Station resource models that you deploy. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 155

176 Configuring probes for a station Objectie To configure a probe for a Domino Performance Station. Background information When you are configuring probes, specify thresholds that reflect serice leel agreements (SLAs) and configure the probes to generate alerts that support the SLAs. Before you add a probe, consider how you will use the data it generates. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Before you begin First, you must create a Domino Performance Station as described in Configuring a Domino Performance Station on page 152. In creating the Domino Performance Station, the product also creates a profile. Next, you run a test probe to erify configuration settings, as described in Running a probe one time on page 166. If probing fails, you should manually run the transaction from the actual Notes client to erify that the client has access to resources. When you finish Run an integrity check to erify that the probe is loaded in the Domino Performance Station, as described in Checking the integrity of a performance station on page 169. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands when configuring probes: wdpsqueryprobes command to obtain a list of probes on a Domino Performance Station wdpsaddprobe command to add a probe to a Domino Performance Station See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station list, select the station to which you want to add a probe. The Probe list in the middle of the console refreshes to display any probes that are already assigned to the station. 3. Click the Probes tab to display the Probe list. 4. Click one of the following options aboe the Probe list: Click Add Probe to add a probe to display the Add Probe dialog box. 156 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

177 Figure 79. Add Probe dialog box (Management Console) OR Click Edit Probe to edit a selected probe. The Edit Probe dialog box is displayed. Figure 80. Edit Probe dialog box (Management Console) 5. If you are in the Add Probe dialog box, proide a Probe ID by performing one of the following steps: Leae the check mark in the Auto-generate check box if you want the product to proide the Probe ID. Additional information: The auto-generated number is unique within this station s list of currently configured probes. You can replace or modify the auto-generated number. Delete the check mark in the Auto-generate check box if you want to proide the number for the Probe ID, and type the number in the Probe ID text box. Additional information: Type a unique number for the Probe ID, or you will receie an error message. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 157

178 6. Select the serer from the Serer drop-down list. 7. Select the type of probe you want to add from the Probe Type drop-down list. 8. Type the number of milliseconds for the threshold in the Threshold text box. 9. Select an interal for the probe from the Interal drop-down list. Additional information: The default interal for all probes is 30 minutes. 10. When the probe you are adding or editing has arguments, enter the argument alues in the text boxes that are in the Arguments area of the Add Probe dialog box. Additional information: Each probe requires different types of arguments. The arguments that appear in the Arguments area of the Add Probe dialog box are specific to the type of probe you are adding or editing. All arguments are case sensitie. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for descriptions of each probe and its arguments. If you change the argument alues, select a different probe type, and then return to the preious probe type, the alues reert to the defaults. 11. Click OK to add the probe to the list of probes for the Domino Performance Station. 12. Click Reset Probes in the tool bar aboe the Probe list to distribute the updated probe set to the station. 13. Add a resource model to the probe to collect probe data for a profile manager using one of the following procedures: Adding a default resource model to a profile on page 65 Adding a custom resource model to a profile on page 69 Configuring a resource model to monitor probes Objectie To configure a resource model to monitor probing on a Domino Performance Station. Background information There is one resource model for each probe type: DPSCalendarEntry DPSDatabaseAccess DPSNABSearch DPSNetEcho DPSReplicateLocal DPSRoundTripMail DPSWebAccess A resource model does not contain probe information, but collects probe information from the probe station log. Each time a resource model runs it collects all of the probe information for the particular probe type. The resource model generates indications and eents based on the thresholds that you define for each probe. If you do not create a probe that corresponds to the resource model, the resource model does not collect any data. Creation of probes on a Domino Performance Station is a separate procedure described in Configuring probes for a station on page 156. Required authorization role senior, super, or admin 158 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

179 Before you begin Create probes on Domino Performance Stations as described in Configuring probes for a station on page 156. When you finish View probe results in the health console within the Management Console as described in Chapter 8, Working with health data on page 191. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wdmeditprf command to add a customized resource model to a profile. For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the Domino Performance Station Resource Model profile manager in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region. 2. Double-click the monitoring profile icon that has the same name as the subscriber station to display the IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box. Note: Eery time you create a Domino Performance Station, this profile is created automatically. 3. Click Add to display the Add Resource Models to Profile dialog box. 4. Select the All Domino Resource Models category from the Category drop-down list. Additional information: Use the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench to modify these categories and add other categories. 5. Select one of the Domino Performance Station resource models from the Resource Model drop-down list. Additional information: The names of these resource models begin with DPS, for example, DPSCalendarEntry. 6. Set the frequency with which the resource model monitors the data in the Cycle Time text box. 7. Click Indications to display the Indications and Actions dialog box. 8. Select an indication in the Indications list if you need to modify one of its settings. The fields for the indication are enabled so that you can edit them. 9. Click Tasks in the right side of the dialog box to select a task that runs wheneer this indication generates an eent. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80 for more information. 10. Click Change and Close. 11. Choose one of the following options in the Add Resource Models to Profile dialog box if you need to modify default settings for schedules or logging: Click Parameters to modify the parameters for the resource model. See Customizing parameters on page 85 for more information. OR Click Schedule to modify the default schedule information in the Scheduling dialog box. See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88 for more information. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 159

180 OR Click Logging to modify logging behaior in the Logging dialog box. See Customizing data logging information on page 93 for more information. 12. Click Add & Close to sae your changes. The IBM Tioli Monitoring Profile dialog box now shows the customized resource model. Management Console: 1. Do the following to access the policy region, profile manager, and profile to which you want to add a customized resource model. a. Click the Configuration tab of the Management Console. b. Click the Profiles tab to see a tree iew of policy regions and profile managers. c. Click the policy region in the tree iew that contains the profile manager to display a list of profile managers is displayed in the tree iew. d. Click the Domino Performance Station Resource Models profile manager that contains the station profiles to which you want to add a resource model. A list of resource models or eents is displayed under the Profiles list. 2. Click Add Resource Model in the menu bar directly aboe the Resource Model list to display the Add Resource Model tabbed dialog box, with the Basics dialog box on top. 3. Select the All Domino Resource Models category from the Category drop-down list. 4. Select one of the Domino Performance Station resource models from the Resource Model drop-down list. Additional information: The names of these resource models begin with DPS, for example, DPSCalendarEntry. 5. Change the Cycle Time to the number of seconds you want to lapse between each of the times that the resource model runs. 6. Click one or more of the other tabs one at a time to change the following settings: Additional information: A tab is not actie if you cannot customize the settings for that tab. Indications (occurrences, holes, where to send eents, seerity, tasks) See Customizing indications on page 74. See Specifying tasks for an indication on page 80. Parameters See Customizing parameters on page 85 for how to change the parameters for the resource model. Logging See Customizing data logging information on page 93 for how to enable logging and how to aggregate data. Schedule See Customizing a schedule for a resource model on page 88 for how to set the schedule for running a resource model. Click OK to add the customized resource model with all of its customized settings. Additional information: The name and category of the customized resource model is displayed in the list of resource models with a check mark in the enabled check box. 160 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

181 Deleting a Domino Performance Station Objectie To delete a Domino Performance Station. Background information Deletes a Domino Performance Station from the Tioli management region and remoes performance station software from the Notes client computer. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wdpsdelete command to delete a station. Controlling a station For more information about this command, refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the station that you want to delete to display its Policy Region window. 2. Click the icon of the station that you want to delete. 3. Click Edit and select Delete to display the Delete Objects? confirmation box. 4. Click Yes to delete the station. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select the station that you want to delete. 3. Click Delete in the Tools - Stations collapsible menu to display the Delete dialog box. 4. Click OK in the Delete dialog box. Objectie To start, stop, or restart the controller for a Domino Performance Station. Background information In the command line interface and in the Management Console, you can start, stop, and restart the controller on an indiidual Domino Performance Station. Keep in mind that the actions you take on Domino Performance Stations affect probing of a Domino serer or serers. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 161

182 In the Tioli desktop, you can run Tioli tasks that start, stop, or restart a Domino Performance Station. These Tioli tasks are primarily useful for controlling probing when you are performing scheduled serer maintenance. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Before you begin None When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use one of the following commands to control Domino Performance Stations: wdpsstart command to start probing on the station you specify. wdpsstop command to stop probing on the station you specify. wdpsreboot command to restart the operating system on the station you specify. When the workstation restarts, the Tioli endpoint process restarts if it is configured as a Windows NT serice. If the process is not configured as a serice, the process does not restart automatically and you must restart the process manually. wruntask command with the following tasks: Start Station Stop Station Reboot Station See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Start Station Stop Station Reboot Station. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for these tasks. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select one or more stations on which you want to perform an operation. 3. Click Start/Stop/Reboot in the Tools Stations collapsible menu to display the Start/Stop/Reboot dialog box. 162 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

183 Figure 81. Start/Stop/Reboot dialog box (Management Console) 4. In the Start/Stop/Reboot dialog box, select one of the following options: Select Start to start the station. Select Stop to stop the station. Select Reboot to restart the station. 5. Click OK. Controlling resource models for stations Objectie To start or stop the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration resource models on a Domino Performance Station. Background information None. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to start and stop resource models for a Domino Performance Station: wdmeng command with the -start parameter to start probing. wdmeng command with the -stop parameter to stop probing. For more information, refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring, Version 5.1.0: User s Guide. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab. 2. Click the Health subtab. 3. Right-click the resource model you want to start or stop to display the pop-up menu. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 163

184 Figure 82. Start/Stop Resource Model pop-up menu for a station (Management Console) Deleting probes 4. Select one of the following options: Start Resource Model Stop Resource Model Start All Resource Models of the Same Profile Stop All Resource Models of the Same Profile Additional information: When you start a resource model, the Running is displayed in the Status column next to the name of the resource model. When you stop a resource model, Stopped is displayed in the Status column. Objectie To delete a single probe or multiple probes from a Domino Performance Station. Background information None Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish Reset probes as described in Resetting probes on page 165. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. 164 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

185 Command line: Use the following commands to delete one or more probes: wdpsdeleteprobe command to delete a single probe from a Domino Performance Station. wdpsclearprobes command to clear all of the probes from a Domino Performance Station. For more information about this command, refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select the station from which you want to delete a probe. 3. Click the Probe tab to see the Probe list in the middle of the console. 4. Choose one of the following options: Delete a single probe by performing the following steps: a. Select the probe you want to delete. b. Click Delete Probe in the Probe menu aboe the Probe list. c. Click Yes in the Confirm Delete dialog box. OR Delete all of the probes in the list by doing the following. a. Select the probe you want to delete. b. Click Clear Probes in the Probe menu aboe the Probe list. c. Click Yes in the Confirm Clear dialog box. Resetting probes Objectie To reset all the probes on a Domino Performance Station. Background information You reset the probes when: Probes hae stopped functioning correctly. Stopping and immediately restarting the probes can fix the problem. In the Management Console, you reset probes by clicking a single command option. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_Admin Before you begin Run an integrity check, as described in Checking the integrity of a performance station on page 169. This test can show whether probing is producing a recurring error. Use the Probe Once function to analyze network and serer conditions that might interfere with the correct functioning of probes, as described in Running a probe one time on page 166. When you finish None. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 165

186 Running a probe one time Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: Use the wdpsresetprobes command to send currently configured probes for an existing Domino Performance Station to the endpoint. For more information about this command, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select the station on which you want to perform the operation. The Probe list in the middle of the console refreshes to display probes for the station. Additional information: An asterisk (*) after a probe name indicates that the probe was modified, but not updated on the station endpoint. 3. Click Reset Probes aboe the probe list. Objectie To run a test probe from a Domino Performance Station against a Domino serer. Background information The Probe Once functionality offers the following benefits: It enables a technician to perform single tests in response to requests for information from Notes users or from Domino administrators. It runs a probe one time, before you deploy it to run continuously. This single instance of execution allows you to check serer connections and probe settings and to alidate access to resources that might cause it to fail. It returns a breakdown of a transaction, including status and response time information for primary and secondary transactions associated with the probe The timeout parameter of this diagnostic tool enables you to set a limit for the amount of time that the tool waits for data from a probe. If the probe times out before the probe transaction completes, the probe continues to run, and the tool returns a probe ID, which you can use with the Probe Status tool to check the status of a probe test. This tool accepts specific execution arguments depending on the type of probe you choose to run. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of these arguments. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_User Before you begin Before you run a probe on a Domino Performance Station, you must create and start the station and link it to tested serers, as described in Configuring a Domino Performance Station on page IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

187 When you finish If the probe times out before the probe transaction completes, you can use the procedure in Checking probe status on page 168 to check the status of the Probe Once transaction. After you test indiidual probes, you can deploy them to that run at specific interals, as described in Configuring probes for a station on page 156. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: serer one time. Use the wdpsprobeonce command to run a probe against a For more information about this command, refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select the station that you want to probe. 3. Click Probe Once in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Probe Once dialog box. Figure 83. Probe Once dialog box (Management Console) 4. Type a unique name for the station in the text box that is in the Station section. The name must conform to the conentions for object-label names that are presented in the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 167

188 Checking probe status 5. Choose a serer from the list of tested serers in the Serer Name drop-down list. 6. Choose the probe you want to run in the Probe drop-down list. 7. Type arguments for probe execution in the Arguments text box, separated by semicolons. 8. (Optional) In the Results Timeout (sec) text box, enter a alue, in seconds, for the amount of time to wait for probe data to execute. 9. Click Execute. 10. (Optional) If the probe times out, record the ID number of the transaction that the Results area displays for use with the Probe Status tool. You must hae the identification number to run a status check on a probe transaction. 11. Click Close to dismiss the Probe Once dialog box. Objectie To check the status of a probe that you started with the Probe Once functionality. Background information This procedure queries a Domino Performance Station for the last alue returned from a scheduled probe or a probe that timed out after being started with the Probe Once functionality. This tool is useful for following the status of Probe Once transactions that require more than a few minutes to complete or that might become caught in an endless loop. To check the status of a Probe Once transaction, you must hae the probe ID that Probe Once generates when it times out. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_User Before you begin None When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: Use the wdpsprobestatus command to check the status of a probe transaction. For more information about this command, refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select the station that contains the probe for which you want to check status. 3. Click Probe Status in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Probe Status dialog box. 168 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

189 Figure 84. Probe Status dialog box (Management Console) 4. Type a unique name for the station in the text box that is in the Station section. The name must conform to the conentions for object-label names that are presented in the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. 5. Type the probe ID in the Probe ID text box. A probe ID might be one that is generated from a timeout of the Probe Once command. Alternatiely, a probe ID may be one specified when creating a scheduled probe. 6. View the Results area of the dialog box to see the status of the transaction. The Results area can display the data resulting from the probe, a message that the data is not yet aailable, or a message that the probe expired without returning any data. 7. Click Close. Checking the integrity of a performance station Objectie To check the integrity of the Domino Performance Station. Background information This procedure checks the status (up, down, or recurring error) of the controller and the probes on a Domino Performance Station. The DPSIntegrity resource model also monitors the state of a Domino Performance Station and its probes. If a resource such as a port, Domino database, or web page is unaailable, a probe may generate an error. If this happens consistently, the DPSIntegrity resource model will catch this and generate an eent. Required authorization role Domino_DPS_User Before you begin You must create a Domino Performance Station to check, as described in Configuring a Domino Performance Station on page 152. Chapter 6. Working with Domino Performance Stations 169

190 When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Management Console. Command line: station. Use the wdpsintegrity command to check the integrity of a For more information about this command, refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Management Console: 1. Click the Performance tab of the Management Console. 2. In the Station tree iew on the left side of the console, select the station whose integrity you want to check. 3. Click Integrity in the Tools - Diagnostics collapsible menu to display the Integrity dialog box. Figure 85. Integrity dialog box (Management Console) 4. Type a unique name for the station in the text box that is in the Station section. The name must conform to the conentions for object-label names that are presented in the Tioli Management Framework, Version 3.7.1: User s Guide. 5. Click Execute to display the status of the controller (up or down) and its probes in the Results area of the dialog box to see the status. 6. Click Close. 170 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

191 Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs A task is an action that must be routinely performed on selected managed nodes throughout the network. A task defines the executables to be run, the authorization role required to execute the task, and the user or group name under which the task executes. The product proides standard tasks in a task library. Standard tasks run on any machine without consideration of platform type. A customized task is a standard task with defined arguments saed in the task library with a unique name. For example, you can customize a task to sae task output results to a file after each execution. Because you can customize task arguments, the Tioli enironment does not display argument dialogs when you run the task from the desktop. Howeer, if you run a customized task from the command line, you still must specify the task arguments. Running a customized task requires additional information before it runs, such as the target of the execution. A job is a task with defined and saed arguments that can be executed many times on specific managed resources. You can create jobs from both standard and customized tasks in the product task library. Like tasks, you store jobs in task libraries so you can reuse them. After you create a job, you can run it immediately using the procedure described in Running jobs on page 184. You also can schedule jobs to run at certain times in the Scheduler, as described in Scheduling jobs on page 185. Table 12 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 12. Goals and where to find procedures for working with tasks and jobs Goal Where to find procedures 1. Run a task to perform a specific operation. Running tasks on page Define a standard task with specific arguments Customizing a task on page 176 to customize the task. 3. Create a job from a task so that it can be Creating jobs on page 180 scheduled to run. 4. Run a job with predefined arguments. Running jobs on page Schedule jobs to run at specified times. Scheduling jobs on page 185 The installation process installs the task library in the product policy region. We recommend that you do not remoe the task library from this policy region. The task library contains default policies that affect how the task library works. The policy region containing the task library defines task and job policies. Default policies set profile manager options and endpoint for tasks. Validation policies control the creation and execution of tasks. Copyright IBM Corp

192 This product proides seeral task libraries that contain arious tasks supporting general Domino monitoring and administration operations. The task libraries are stored in the Messaging and Collaboration policy region and are labeled as follows: Domino Performance Station Tasks Tasks that start, stop, and restart Domino Performance Stations and probes. Domino Serer Tasks Tasks that perform serer and database operations. Messaging and Collaboration Configuration A task that configures this product to send eents to the Tioli Enterprise Console. Note: Domino tasks are operations that you perform in the Lotus Domino enironment. This user s guide refers to these tasks as Domino tasks to aoid confusion with Tioli tasks. In all other cases, the word task refers to Tioli tasks. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a complete description of each task in the task libraries for this product. Running tasks Objectie Perform a routine action on a selected managed node. Background information A task is an action that must be routinely performed on selected managed nodes throughout the network. A task defines the executables to be run, the authorization role required to execute the task, and the user or group name under which the task is run. The product proides standard tasks in a task library. Standard tasks run on any machine without consideration of platform type. See the introduction of this chapter for more information on tasks. Required authorization roles Domino_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the wruntask command to run a task. Because not all users use the same task library, the documentation for the wruntask command does not proide information for specific tasks. See the CLI (command line interface) Syntax and CLI Example sections in the product reference guide. The CLI Example section proides an example of how to enter the wruntask command and the task arguments at the command line. For more information about using the wruntask command with Lotus Domino Serers and Domino Performance Stations, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide 172 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

193 The Tasks chapter of the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide proides syntax statements and examples. Desktop: 1. Open the task library window by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the product task icon to display the product task library window. Figure 86. Task Library window (Desktop) 2. Double-click the task icon that you want to run to display the Execute Task dialog box. Additional Information: The Execute Task dialog box is a generic dialog box of execution parameters for all tasks. Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 173

194 Figure 87. Execute Task dialog box (Desktop) 3. Select one of the following check boxes in the Execution Mode group box: Parallel runs the task simultaneously on all targets. Parallel is typically the fastest method of execution. OR Serial runs the task sequentially on all targets in alphabetical order. OR Staged runs the task on all targets in alphabetical order according to a schedule you specify. Staged execution is useful if you run the task on a large number of endpoints. Specify the Staging Count (number of targets to run for each stage) and the Staging Interal (number of seconds between each set). 4. Type a timeout alue (in seconds) for the task in the Timeout text box. Additional Information: The Timeout alue does not stop the task. This alue specifies the number of seconds the desktop waits for the task to complete before it issues an error. The task continues to execute on the endpoint without display of output results. Setting an early timeout enables your desktop to become aailable again if the task takes a long time to execute. The default is 174 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

195 60 seconds. If the task takes longer to complete than the specified Timeout and is running in Serial or Staged mode, the product moes on to other endpoints after this time expires. 5. Select one or more of the following check boxes in the Output Format group box to choose the output returned upon task completion: Header Includes a descriptie header for each record, such as the task name and target. Return Code Includes the programming codes produced when the task executes. Standard Error Includes all error messages encountered when the task executes. Standard Output Includes all information that results from the task execution. 6. Select one of the following in the Output Destination group box to choose an output destination: Select Display on Desktop to display the task output on the desktop. Additional Information: If you choose Display to Desktop, you hae an option to sae the information to a file as an option inside the output display window. OR Click Sae to File to sae the output to a file. To sae the task output to a file, do the following: a. Click the Sae to File check box in the Output Destination group box to display the Destination for Task Output dialog box. Figure 88. Destination for Task Output dialog box (Desktop) b. Type the name of the managed node on which to sae the output in the On Host text box. c. Type the absolute path name for the output file in the Output File text box. Additional Information: Example: /tmp/mytask.out d. Click Set & Close to set your choices and return to the Execute Task dialog box. 7. Choose the endpoints on which you want to run the task by doing one of the following: Run the task on specific endpoints by doing the following: a. Select the endpoints from the Aailable Task Endpoints list. b. Click the left arrow to moe the selected endpoints to the Selected Task Endpoints list. OR Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 175

196 Run the task on all subscribers of the specified profile managers by doing the following: a. Select profile managers from the Aailable Profile Managers list. b. Click the left arrow to moe the selected profile managers to the Selected Profile Managers list. 8. Click Execute to display the dialog box for configuring task arguments. Customizing a task Figure 89. Dialog box for configuring task arguments (Desktop) Additional Information: For information about how to fill in the dialog box for configuring task arguments, refer to the task description in the software reference guide, click Task Description to display the online help, or refer to the specific procedure in this user s guide. 9. Click Set & Execute to run the task. Objectie To customize one of the standard tasks in the task library so you can sae defined arguments for future executions. Background information A customized task is a standard task with defined arguments saed in the task library with a unique name. For example, you can customize a task to sae task output results to a file after each execution. Because you can customize task arguments, the Tioli enironment does not display argument dialogs when you run the task from the desktop. Howeer, if you run a customized task from the command line, you still must specify the task arguments. Running a customized task requires additional information before it runs, such as the target of the execution. Required authorization roles Domino_Admin Before you begin None. 176 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

197 When you finish You can run the task by following the procedure in Running tasks on page 172. When you run a customized task, the Tioli desktop does not display the dialog box for configuring task arguments. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop only. 1. Open the task library window by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the product Task icon to display the Task Library window. Figure 90. Task Library window (Desktop) 2. Double-click a task icon to display the Execute Task window for that task. Additional Information: The Execute Task window is a generic dialog box of execution parameters for all tasks. Complete this dialog box to run the task as described in Running tasks on page 172. Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 177

198 Figure 91. Execute Task dialog box (Desktop) 3. Click Execute to display the dialog box for configuring task arguments. Figure 92. Dialog box for configuring task arguments (Desktop) Additional Information: Each standard task has a unique argument dialog box. 178 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

199 4. If there are fields to complete, type the appropriate alues for this customized task. Additional Information: For information about each field in these dialog boxes, see the task description in the product reference guide or click Task Description to display the online help. 5. Click Sae to display the dialog box for saing arguments. Figure 93. Dialog box for saing arguments (Desktop) 6. Type the following information to define the customized task: a. Type a name for the task in the Name text box. Additional Information: This name appears in the Library Contents field so you can iew the customized tasks that are based on the parent task. Example: SQL_SYS b. Type an identifier for this task. Additional Information: An identifier is the name of the task icon in the Task Library window. A customized task identifier has two parts. The first part should be the standard task name (such as CurrentRunningSQL). The second part should be descriptie information that makes sense to you. For example, you could type SYS. The resulting task name would be CurrentRunningSQL_SYS. The software generates a unique default name (such as CurrentRunningSQL_aaa) if no identifier is entered. To enable filtering for an identifier without the standard task name, edit the tl_def_man_nodes policy method in the task library policy object. See the Tioli Management Framework Reference Manual for more information. c. Type a description of this task in the Description text box. Additional Information: This description appears when you click Task Description in the dialog box for configuring task arguments for this customized task. Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 179

200 d. Optional: Select the Show by Identifier check box to change the Library Contents list to use the task identifier instead of the task name. e. Optional: Click Parent Description to display information about the parent task from which you are creating a customized task. Additional Information: The task information appears under the heading Description. f. Click Sae & Close to return to the dialog box for configuring task arguments. 7. Click Cancel in the dialog box for configuring task arguments. 8. Click Close in the Execute Task dialog to return to the Task Library window. 9. Click View to display the View drop-down menu. 10. Click Refresh from the View drop-down menu to display the new customized task. Creating jobs Objectie To create a job by defining execution parameters so you can specify a target enabling you to schedule it to run at certain times in the Scheduler. Background information A job is a task with defined and saed arguments that can be executed many times on specific managed resources. You can create jobs from both standard and customized tasks in the product task library. Like tasks, you store jobs in task libraries so you can reuse them. Required authorization roles Domino_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish After you create a job, you can run it immediately using the procedure described in Running jobs on page 184. You also can schedule jobs to run at certain times in the Scheduler, as described in Scheduling jobs on page 185. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Tioli desktop. Command line: Use the wcrtjob command to create jobs from the command line. The syntax is as follows: wcrtjob j job_name l library_name t task_name M mode [ s interal n number] m timeout o output_format [ D d mannode_name f file_name] [ h mannode_name] [ p prof_manager_name] where: j job_name The name of the job being created. Job names can include any alphanumeric character, an underscore (_), a dash ( ), a period (.), and a space. l library_name Specifies the task library containing the task to be included in the job. 180 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

201 t task_name Specifies the name of the task to include in the job. M mode Specifies the mode in which the job runs. Valid options are as follows: parallel Runs the job on all specified endpoints and any subscribers simultaneously. serial Runs the job on one endpoint at a time. staged Runs the job on a set number of endpoints at specified interals. Desktop: 1. Access the task library window by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the task library icon to display the task library window. 2. Click Create to display the Create drop-down menu. 3. Click Job from the Create drop-down menu to display the Create Job dialog box. Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 181

202 Figure 94. Create Job dialog box (Desktop) 4. Type a descriptie job name in the Job Name text box. Additional Information: The job name identifies the icon on the desktop. The name can include any alphanumeric character, an underscore (_), dash ( ), period (.), or blank space. 5. Select the task on which the job is based from the Task Name list. 6. In the Execution Mode group box, select one of the following check boxes: Parallel Runs the task simultaneously on all targets. Parallel is typically the fastest method of execution. OR Serial Runs the task sequentially on all targets in alphabetical order. 182 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

203 OR Staged Runs the task on all targets in alphabetical order according to a schedule you specify. Staged execution is useful if you are running the task on a large number of endpoints. Complete Step 8 to specify the Staging Count (number of targets to run against per stage) and the Staging Interal (number of seconds between each set). 7. In the Execution Parameters group box, type the timeout alue (in seconds) for the task in the Timeout text box. Additional Information: This alue specifies the number of seconds the product waits for the task or job to complete before it issues an error. The default is 60 seconds. If the task takes longer to complete than the specified Timeout and is running in Serial or Staged mode, the product moes on to other endpoints after this time expires. The task continues to execute on the endpoint, een though the product stopped waiting for it to end. 8. Optional: If you selected Staged in Step 6, specify the number of endpoints to include in each staged set in the Staging Count text box and the number of seconds between each set s startup time in the Staging Interal text box. 9. Click one or more of the following check boxes to choose the output type in the Output Format group box: Header Includes a descriptie header for each record. Return Code Includes the programming codes produced when the job executes. Standard Error Includes all error messages encountered when the job executes. Standard Output Includes all information that results from the job execution. 10. Do one of the following in the Output Destination group box to choose an output destination: Click Display on Desktop to display the job output on the desktop. Go to Step 12. Additional Information: If you choose Display to Desktop, you hae an option to sae the information to a file as an option inside the output display window. OR Click Sae to File to sae the output to a file and display the Destination for Task Output dialog box. Go to Step 11. Figure 95. Destination for Task Output dialog box (Desktop) 11. Do the following in the Destination for Task Output dialog box to sae the job output to a file: Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 183

204 a. Type a Tioli client managed node name on which to sae the output in the On Host text box. b. Type the absolute path name for the output file in the Output File text box. Additional Information: Example: /tmp/myjob.out c. Click Set & Close to set your choices and return to the Create Job dialog box. 12. Do one of the following to choose the endpoints on which to run the job: Run the job on specific endpoints by doing the following: a. Select the endpoints from the Aailable Task Endpoints list. b. Click the left arrow to moe the selected endpoints to the Selected Task Endpoints list. OR Run the job on all subscribers of the specified profile managers by doing the following: a. Select profile managers from the Aailable Profile Managers list. b. Click the left arrow to moe the selected profile managers to the Selected Profile Managers list. 13. Click Create & Close to create the job and return to the Task Library window. Additional Information: The new job icon appears in the Task Library window. Running jobs Objectie To execute a job on specific endpoints immediately so you can perform a management operation. Background information Before you can run a job, you must create it, as described in Creating jobs on page 180. If you created a job from a standard task, the Tioli desktop displays the dialog box for configuring task arguments so that you can fill in any required information. Jobs created from customized tasks run without further input because all required information is specified. (See Customizing a task on page 176 for information about how to create a customized task.) Required authorization roles Domino_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish After you create a job, you can set it up to run on a regular schedule as described in Scheduling jobs on page 185. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Tioli desktop. 184 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

205 Scheduling jobs Command line: Use the wrunjob command to run jobs from the command line. For more information about this command, see the Tioli Management Framework Reference Manual. Desktop: 1. Open the task library window by doing the following: a. Double-click the policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the task icon to display the task library window. 2. Do one of the following: Double-click the job icon created from a customized task to begin executing the job. OR Double-click the job icon created from a standard task. Go to Step Type the alues in the task dialog box. Additional Information: For information about specific fields, see the task description in the product reference guide or click Task Description to display the online help. The product runs the job and displays the output on the desktop or sends it to a file in accordance with the job specification. Objectie To schedule jobs to occur regularly so you can routinely perform management operations. Background information The product uses Scheduler to schedule jobs. Scheduler is a serice that enables you to run jobs unattended. You can schedule a job to run one time or multiple times. Scheduler notifies you by the manner you select when a job is complete. To schedule a job, the job must exist in the task library. You create a job by following the procedure described in Creating jobs on page 180. Required authorization roles Domino_Admin Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Tioli desktop. Command line: Use the wschedjob command to schedule a job in the Task Library from the command line. You can only schedule jobs that already exist in the task library from the command line. For more information, see the Tioli Management Framework Reference Manual. Desktop: 1. Open the product task library window by doing the following: a. Double-click the product policy region icon to display the policy region. b. Double-click the product task library icon to display the task library window. Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 185

206 2. Drag the job icon that you want to schedule onto the Scheduler icon located on the Tioli desktop. 3. Optional: Do the following if a dialog box for configuring task arguments displays: a. Type the appropriate information for each field in the dialog. Additional Information: Refer to the task description in the product reference guide or click Task Description to display the online help for this task. b. Click Set & Execute to set the task arguments and open the Add Scheduled Job dialog box. Figure 96. Add Scheduled Job dialog box (Desktop) 4. Type a label for the job icon in the Job Label text box of the Add Scheduled Job dialog box. Additional Information: The label identifies the icon on the desktop. The job label can include alphanumeric character, underscores (_), dashes ( ), periods (.), and blanks. If you do not specify a label, the job name is used. 186 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

207 5. Do one of the following: Select the Disable the Job check box to stop a scheduled job from running. OR Clear the Disable the Job check box to continue running a scheduled job. Additional Information: For more information on job disabling, see the Tioli Enironment Framework User s Guide. 6. Optional: Type a job description to uniquely identify the job in the Description field. 7. Set the date and time to begin scheduling in the Schedule Job For group box: a. Type a date in the Month, Day, and Year text boxes. b. Enter the time using the Hour and Minute drop-down lists and the AM and PM radio buttons. 8. Optional: Repeat the job by doing the following in the Repeat the Job group box: a. Do one of the following: Select the Repeat the job indefinitely check box to repeat the job indefinitely. OR Repeat the job a finite number of times by doing the following: 1) Select the Repeat the job check box. 2) Type the number of times you want the job to run. b. Set the interal between start times for the job in the The job should start eery field. 9. Select any of the following check boxes in the When Job Completes group box to send job completion notification: Send a notice to a specific group by doing the following: a. Select the Post Tioli Notice check box. b. Click Aailable Groups to display the Aailable Groups dialog box. c. Select a group from the list of notice groups. d. Click Set to set your group and return to the Add Scheduled Job dialog box. Additional Information: You can read notices from the Tioli desktop by clicking on the Notices icon. Send a notice to your desktop by doing the following: a. Select the Post Status Dialog on Desktop check box. b. Type the message you want displayed in the text box next to the check box. Send an to a specified user by doing the following: a. Select the Send to check box. b. Type the complete address in the text box next to the check box. Log the job completion status to a file by doing the following: a. Select the Log to File check box. b. Enter the file destination by doing one of the following: Type the file destination in the Host and File text boxes. OR Browse for the file destination by doing the following: Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 187

208 1) Click File Browser to display the File Browser dialog. 2) Double-click on a host name to display the directories and files for that host. 3) Select a directory and file from the Directories and Files lists. 4) Click Set File & Close to return to the Add Scheduled Job dialog box. 10. Optional: Set retry, cancel, or restriction options by doing the following: a. Click Set Retry/Cancel/Restriction Options to display the Set Retry/Cancel Restrictions Options dialog box. Figure 97. Set Retry/Cancel Restrictions Options dialog box (Desktop) b. Choose one of the following cancel job options: Clear the Cancel job check box to hae the Scheduler continue trying the job indefinitely. OR Set the Scheduler to cancel a job in a specified time frame by doing the following: 1) Select the Cancel job check box. 2) Type the time frame for the Scheduler to wait before canceling a job that has not started. c. Click one of the following retry options: Click Retry the job until success to retry the job until it runs successfully. OR Specify the number of times a job attempts to run by doing the following: 1) Select the Retry the job check box. 188 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

209 2) Type the number of attempts to start the job in the text box. 3) Type the amount of time the Scheduler waits before retrying in the The job should retry eery field. d. Select any of the following check boxes in the Restrictions group box to specify the job run times: During the day Set the beginning and ending hour of day for the job to run. At night Set the beginning and ending hour of night for the job to run. During the week Set the beginning and ending day of the week for the job to run. On weekends Set the beginning and ending day of the weekend for the job to run. e. Click Set to set the options and return to the Add Scheduled Job dialog box. 11. Click Schedule Job & Close to schedule the job and return to the Tioli desktop. Chapter 7. Working with tasks and jobs 189

210 190 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

211 Chapter 8. Working with health data There are two interfaces that you can use for working with real-time and historical health data for resources: IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console Access to the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console is through a Web browser. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for information about how to install and use the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console features for graphing, drill-down, and control of resource models. For complete information on installing and working with the IBM Monitoring Web Health Console see the latest ersion of the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide. The IBM Monitoring Web Health Console runs on Netscape 6.x and Internet Explorer 6.x. You can use the IBM Monitoring Web Health Console for the following purposes: Checking, displaying, and analyzing the status and health of endpoints that hae distributed resource monitors Displaying an endpoint s real-time and historical data logged to the IBM Tioli Monitoring database Viewing online and historical data on endpoints as a follow-up to specific problems Starting and stopping the IBM Tioli Monitoring engine and indiidual resource models on selected endpoint Remoing a profile from the selected endpoint IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Management Console Access to the health console that is in IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino is through the Management Console in this software. This chapter proides information about working with health data through the Management Console. You can use these interfaces to check, display, and analyze the status and health of any endpoint with profiles and resource models. Status reflects the state of the endpoint such as running or stopped. Health is a numeric alue determined by resource model settings. You can also work with real-time or historical data from an endpoint that is logged to the IBM Tioli Monitoring database. You can use the diagnostic and monitoring capabilities of these interfaces to perform targeted analysis of problems associated with indiidual endpoints when an eent is sent to the Tioli Enterprise Console. Use the online and historical data to follow up specific problems with single endpoints. Understanding Resource Health The health data interfaces obtain eents and indications from endpoints. They display the health of each potential problem as a numeric alue between 100 (perfect health) and zero (with zero meaning that the conditions for the corresponding eent are met). Intermediate alues show the percentage of occurrences currently registered with respect to the total number of occurrences needed to trigger an eent. See Table 13 on page 192 Copyright IBM Corp

212 Table 13. Health determination example Cycle CPU% Occurrences or Holes H O H O O Occurrence Count Health % Table 13 displays the health percentage changes in steps of 25% because 4 occurrences were required to trigger an eent; if the indication required 5 occurrences, the health percentage would hae changed by steps of 20%. Resource health is determined at the indication leel and passed up to the endpoint. The lowest health of any indication in a resource model is shown as the health of that resource model and the lowest health of any resource model installed on an endpoint is shown as the health of that endpoint. For example, if one indication on one resource model that is installed on an endpoint has a health of zero, the health of the endpoint is shown as zero. The required occurrences, cycle times, thresholds, and parameters for indications are defined when the resource model is created in the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench. Table 14 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 14. Goals and where to find procedures for working with health data Goal Where to find procedures Check the health of resources in real-time or as historical data Checking the health of resources as real-time data on page 193 Customize and set preferences for data iews Sae, export, and print data and reports Viewing historical data on page 203 Customizing data iews and setting preferences on page 196 Saing, exporting, and printing data and reports on page 203 Connecting the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console Management Console You can connect the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console to any Tioli management region serer or managed node and configure it to monitor any or all of the endpoints that are found in that region. The IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console does not hae to be within the region itself, although it could be. To connect to the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console you need access to the serer on which the IBM Tioli Monitoring Web Health Console serer is installed and the IBM Tioli Managed Region on which you want to monitor health. All user management and security is handled through the IBM Tioli management enironment. This includes creating users and passwords as well as assigning authority. The health console that is part of the Management Console of IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino consists of a resource naigation tree in the left column and a center pane of data composed of three tables. The naigation tree contains Lotus Domino Serer or Domino Performance Station resources. The three tables in the center pane contain resource model data. 192 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

213 The naigation tree contains either a list of Lotus Domino serer objects or a list of Domino Performance Station objects. When grouping the serers by health, the serer naigation tree contains a list of serers in four health categories, one category for each leel of health status. The tree lists the categories in increasing health, so that the least healthy category (health range 0 to 5%) is the top node in the tree. If there are no serers for a specific category, the category node does not display in the tree. The category node has a thermometer icon to the right of the category icon. The category node label indicates the health range as a percentage. The thermometer icons are different colors, one for each of the four categories of serer health status: green health orange 6 30 health red 0 5 health gray unknown health The order of the serers in the list under the category label is from least healthy serer at the bottom of the list to most healthy serers at the top of the list. You can group the Domino Performance Station by All Stations or Tested Serers. Grouping by health is not supported. The center pane of the health window displays data in the following three tables: Resource Model (top) The Resource Model table contains a list of resource models for the selected serer or station. The table also proides the status and health of each resource model. Indications (bottom left) The heading of the Indications table is the name of the resource model selected in the Resource Model table. The Indications table contains a list of indications for the selected resource model and a alue for the health of each indication. Instance (bottom right) The heading of the Instance table is the name of the indication selected in the Indications table. This table lists all instances of any indication selected in the Indications table that has a Health status that is less than 100. Checking the health of resources as real-time data Objectie To obtain data about the health of a Lotus Domino Serer or Domino Performance Station to identify potential problems with these resources. Background information When you display the data for a serer or station, you can sort and filter the data within the Resource Models, Indications, and Instances tables. Sorting proides a list that is in ascending or descending order according to health alue. Required authorization role user Before you begin None. Chapter 8. Working with health data 193

214 When you finish Use the Serer tools to manage Lotus Domino Serers, the Stations tools to manage Domino Performance Stations, and the Diagnostic tools to perform diagnostic operations. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Web Health Console or the Management Console. Web Health Console: See the Working with the Web Health Console chapter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for information. Management Console: Displaying data: Display data for serers and stations by doing the following: 1. Display the health data in the management console by doing one of the following depending on whether you are checking the health of a serer or a station: Display the health window for serers by clicking the Status and Operations tab in the Management Console. Figure 98. Health window for Lotus Domino Serers (Management Console) OR Display the health data for stations by doing the following: a. Click the Performance tab in the Management Console. b. Click the Health tab in the center pane. 194 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

215 Figure 99. Health window for Domino Performance Stations (Management Console) 2. Select the category of resources you want to check from the Group by drop-down list in the naigation column by doing one of the following: If you are in the Status and Operations tab, select Health in the Group by menu to display a tree iew containing a list of serers with color-coded health status in four categories. OR If you are in the Performance tab, select any group to display a tree iew containing a list of stations. 3. Click the resource that you want to check in the tree iew to display the Resource Model table in the center pane of the window. Additional information: The Resource Model table is a list of resource models that has been distributed to the IBM Tioli Monitoring engine on that serer or station. 4. Click the resource model that you want to check from the Resource Model table to display the Indications table in the bottom left part of the center pane. Additional information: The Indications table lists the indications for the selected resource model. 5. Click any indication with a health alue less than 100 to display the Instances table in the bottom right part of the center pane. Additional information: The Instances table lists all instances of the indication selected in the Indications table that has a Health status that is less than Double-click the instance in the Instances table for which you want to display real-time data. Sorting data: Sort the data within the Resource Models, Indications, and Instances tables by doing the following: 1. Place the cursor in the column header of the data you want to sort. 2. Click the up or down arrow that is on the right side of the column header to sort in ascending or descending order. Additional information: After the data sorts, the arrow that indicates the order of the data is highlighted. Filtering data: Filter the data within the Resource Models, Indications, and Instances tables by doing the following: 1. Place the cursor in the column header of the data you want to filter. Chapter 8. Working with health data 195

216 2. Right-click the header to display the pop-up menu, and select Show Filter Row to display the filters that are set for each column under the column header. Figure 100. Filter menu (Management Console) Additional information: The default setting for the filters is no filter. 3. Click the filter for the column you want to display the Edit Filter dialog box. Figure 101. Edit Filter dialog box (Management Console) 4. Set the filtering alues by doing the following: a. Type the text you want to filter in the Enter text to filter text box. b. Select Contains or Starts with from the drop down list under the text box. c. Select or clear the Match case check box. d. Click OK to close the Edit Filter dialog and display the main iew. Customizing data iews and setting preferences Objectie To customize the settings for iewing health data so the data is displayed in forms that are the most meaningful to you and others who will iew it. You cannot sae the settings as preferences for future use. 196 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

217 Background information A data iew is a window that contains a table or one of fie types of charts that represent the data that the resource model collects. Use a data iew to customize, print, and export data. Figure 102 shows the dialog box for the data iew in bar chart format. Figure 102. Data iew in bar chart format (Management Console) The data iew in any chart format contains the following areas from top to bottom and left to right: Action bar Preferences area with drop-down list (Only the Default Settings are aailable in the Management Console.) Switch View toolbar with icons for a table and arious types of charts Name of the instance Chart area that displays the type of chart selected in the Switch View toolbar. You can change the properties for the following parts of the chart area: Y Title Header X Title Chart area Footer Legend Time Status area Figure 103 on page 198 shows the dialog box for the data iew in table format. Chapter 8. Working with health data 197

218 Figure 103. Data iew in table format (Management Console) The data iew in table format contains the following areas from top to bottom and left to right: Action bar Preferences area with drop-down list (Only the Default Settings are aailable in the Management Console.) Switch View toolbar with icons for a table and arious types of charts Table with instance name and the following columns of data: Time, TotalCache, PagesSec, TotalWorking Set, TotalAail Status area You can customize the chart iew and the table iew to display the toolbar, preferences, or status. You can also display the data in a table or the following different types of charts, unless the data cannot be represented in a particular format: bar, line, area, stack, and pie. Required authorization role user Before you begin Open the graph for online data by right-clicking the instance to display the online data iew. Or, open the graph for historical data by right-clicking the resource model. When you finish For more information about saing, exporting, and printing data and reports, see Saing, exporting, and printing data and reports on page 203. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Web Health Console or the Management Console. 198 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

219 Web Health Console: See the Working with the Web Health Console chapter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for information. Management Console: 1. Customize the data iew through the Options menu by doing the following: a. Click Options on the action bar, and select one or more of the following areas to display in the dialog box for the instance: Tool Bar Area Preferences Area Status Area Additional information: You can also set these options through the Frame settings as described in step 2c of this procedure. b. Click the type of graphical representation you want to display from the toolbar: Bar chart Line chart Area chart Stack chart Pie chart Table Additional information: You can switch to any type of chart that can represent the data. You can also select the type of graphical representation through the General settings as described in step 2b of this procedure. 2. Customize the data iew by setting preferences (which cannot not be saed in the Management Console) as follows: a. Click Options and select Preferences to display the Default Settings: Preferences dialog box. b. Change the general settings of the data iew by doing the following: 1) Select General in the left column, if it is not already selected. 2) Select the type of iew you want from the View Type drop-down list: Bar Line Area Stack Pie Table 3) Type the maximum number of points that you want the iew to collect in the Buffer Size text box. Additional information: The maximum alue that you can specify for the buffer size is The default setting is 250. c. Change the Frame settings of the data iew window by doing the following: 1) Select Frame in the left column of the Default Settings Preferences dialog box to update the right pane of the dialog with the fields that apply to the frame. 2) Set the Dimensions, Options, and Title properties as follows: Width Specify a number for the width of the data iew window. Chapter 8. Working with health data 199

220 Height Specify a number for the height of the data iew window. Tool Bar Visible Select this check box to show the toolbar in the data iew window. Status Area Visible Select this check box to show the status area in the data iew window. Preferences Area Visible Select this check box to show the preferences area in the data iew window. Title Specify a title for the data iew window. 3) Click OK to close the dialog box and reopen the data iew. Note: The settings that you specify apply immediately, but they are not saed when you close the data iew. d. Change the Chart View settings of the data iew by doing the following: 1) In the left column of the Default Settings: Preferences dialog box, click Chart View. Additional information: This is equialent to double-clicking the chart that is within the data iew. 2) Set the General colors, Points Labels, and Line View properties as follows: Series Colors Click the option corresponding to the color to use for the series. Background Color Click this field to select the color for the background. Label Font Click Change to specify the type and size of the font to use for the labels. Label Anchor Display the list of alues and select where to position the labels. Labeling Mode Select the radio option corresponding to the way you want to display the labels. Symbol Styles Click the option corresponding to the symbol and color to use for the Line iew. Note: The settings that you specify apply immediately, but they are not saed when you close the data iew. e. Change the settings for the specific parts of the Chart View (Y Title, Header, X Title, Chart Area, Footer, and Legend) by doing the following: 1) Change the Chart Area settings by doing the following: a) In the left column of the Default Settings: Preferences dialog box, expand Chart View and select Chart Area. b) Change the settings for the Chart Area by doing the following: 200 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

221 i. Set the General, Colors, Labels, Border, and Font properties as follows: Depth Specify a number greater than zero to make the chart three-dimensional. Visible Select this check box to show the chart area in the data iew. Y Axis Grid Select this check box to show a grid on the Y axis. X Axis Grid Select this check box to show a grid on the X axis. Axis Bounding Box Axis Inersion Select this check box to show the X axis on the ertical axis and the Y axis on the horizontal axis. Foreground Color Click this field to set the color for the chart text. Plot Area Color Click this field to set the color for the plot area. Background Color Click this field to set the color for the background. Y Labels Rotation Select an option to specify the degree of rotation of the labels on the Y axis. X Labels Rotation Select an option to specify the degree of rotation of the labels on the X axis. Border Type Display the list of types and select the type of border for the chart area. Border Width Specify the width for the border of the chart area. Font Select Change to set the type and size of font used in the chart area. ii. Click OK to close the dialog box and reopen the data iew. 2) Change the settings for Y Title, Header, X Title, Footer, and Legend, by doing the following: a) In the left column of the Default Settings: Preferences dialog box, expand Chart View and select one of the following: Y Title, Header, X Title, Chart Area, Footer, orlegend. b) Set the properties. c) Click OK to close the dialog box and reopen the data iew. f. Change the Text View by doing the following: 1) Select Text View in the left column of the Default Settings: Preferences dialog box. Additional information: This is equialent to double-clicking the table that is within the data iew. Chapter 8. Working with health data 201

222 2) Change the General, Colors, and Grid properties as follows: Title Visible Select this check box to show the title in the text iew. Statistics Area Visible Select this check box to show the statistics area within the text table iew. Figure 104. Statistics area in text table iew (Management Console) In addition to selecting one or more of the check boxes for the operations you want to perform (Aerage, Sum, Maximum, and Minimum), you can select the lines in the report that contain the alues on which you want to perform the operations. Hold the Ctrl key and click to select more than one line. Title Text Specify a title for the text iew. Foreground Color Click this field to set the color for the text. Background Color Click this field to set the color for the text iew background. Show Grid Select this check box to show a grid in the text iew. Grid Color Click this field to set the color for the grid. 3) Click OK to close the dialog box and reopen the data iew. 202 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

223 Saing, exporting, and printing data and reports Objectie To translate data into forms that are useful for communicating the data to others. These forms include saing data as a graphic, using the data in a spreadsheet, or printing reports of the data. Background information You can perform the following operations to keep data in useful forms: Sae a data iew as a GIF on a local disk. Export all of the data as a Comma Separated Variables (CSV) file, and open the file in a spreadsheet so you can continue to work on the data. Print a report. Required authorization role user Before you begin Open the data iew window and customize the data iew settings to represent the data as you want it to look. When you finish None. Viewing historical data Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Web Health Console or the Management Console. Web Health Console: See the Working with the Web Health Console chapter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for information. Management Console: Saing a Data View as a GIF: 1. Click File and select Sae As GIF to open the Sae As Gif dialog box. 2. Choose the path and specify a file name including the.gif file extension. 3. Click Sae As Gif. Exporting Report Data: 1. Click File and select Export As CSV to open the Export As CSV dialog box. 2. Choose the path and specify a file name including the.cs file extension. 3. Click Export to create the CSV and reopen the Data View. Printing a Report: 1. Click File and select Print to open the Print dialog box. 2. Change the print options you want to modify. 3. Click OK to send the data to the printer you selected and reopen the data iew. Objectie To iew historical data logged for a specified resource and for a specified resource model. Chapter 8. Working with health data 203

224 Background information The display shows historical logged data for a specified resource and for a specified resource model. With logged data, you can identify specific instances of resource problems oer the past 1, 6, 12, or 24 hours. The characters =@ appended to the resource name indicate that only a single branch represents that part of the tree. The fully expanded tree iew shows the following details from the top down: Resource model Name of the resource model. Resource Name of a specific resource. Context Name of the logical grouping of problems related to that specific resource. Instances Names of the instances of a particular indication. Metric Name of the metric used to measure the indications. Required authorization role user Before you begin You must enable logging for a resource model to create historical data and iew it using this procedure. See Customizing data logging information on page 93. When you finish None. Procedures You can perform this procedure from the Web Health Console or the Management Console. Web Health Console: See the Working with the Web Health Console chapter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring User s Guide for information. Management Console: 1. Right-click the resource model you want from the Resource Models table in the center pane. 2. Select Get Historical Data from the pop-up menu to display the data for the resource model you selected. 3. Double-click the resource model to show the corresponding resources. 4. Double-click a resource to show the corresponding contexts. 5. Double-click a context to show the corresponding instances. Additional information: Each context identifies a logical group of problems that are related to the selected resource. 6. Double-click an instance to show the corresponding metrics. Additional information: These metrics measure the selected indication. 7. View the following data: A context, with all its instances and metrics An instance, with all its metrics A metric 204 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

225 8. Right-click the context, instance, or metric you want. 9. Select Show History View of > and the number of hours for which you want to iew data (1, 6, 12, or 24) to display a dialog box showing the data you want. Additional information: For one context, data is displayed for a maximum of 50 series. The data is presented with the time of the workstation where the health console is running, regardless of the time-zone time of the endpoint where data was collected. 10. Click View and select Refresh to update the contents of the database browser. Chapter 8. Working with health data 205

226 206 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

227 Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation This section proides information about setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console (TEC) for use with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. You can skip this section if you do not hae the Tioli Enterprise Console or do not want this product to send eents to the Tioli Enterprise Console. You can set up eent correlation in one of the following ways: In the Tioli Enterprise Console. See Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide, Version OR Locally, in the Tioli management region for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino If the Tioli Enterprise Console Serer product is installed on the same machine as the Domino serer that is being managed by IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, you neer need to start the local Tioli Enterprise Console eent engine. The Tioli Enterprise Console Serer product rule engine performs all necessary eent processing on the Domino serer. If you start the Tioli Enterprise Console engine that comes with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration in these circumstances, the two engines might conflict and produce unpredictable results. Table 15 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 15. Goals and where to find procedures for setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console Goal Where to find procedures Configure eent correlation for this product on Tioli Enterprise Console. Configure local eent correlation for this product. Customize the Eents4 Profile for local eent correlation. Configuring remote eent correlation for this product on page 209 Configuring local eent correlation for this product on page 212 Customizing the Eents4 Profile for local eent correlation on page 214 Control the local eents engine. Controlling the local rule engine on page 216 View Tioli Enterprise Console Viewing eents on page 218 displays. See a list of eent classes and eent Lists of eent classes on page 219 for this product. Oeriew of the Tioli Enterprise Console In distributed computing enironments, it is essential to address eents and conditions that can lead to problems. The Tioli Enterprise Console proides the tools for the following functions: Receiing eents from arious sources Processing eents using rules Copyright IBM Corp

228 Grouping eents and delegating the groups selectiely to administrators Responding to eents automatically Viewing eents at a console In the Tioli Enterprise Console, rules (.rls) files contain the logic for correlation of eents. BAROC (.baroc, Basic Recorder of Objects in C) files contain the defined eent classes. The following list explains basic concepts of eent management. For more information about the Tioli Enterprise Console, refer to the Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide. Eents An eent is a structured piece of information. It carries information about itself, including the eent class, eent identity, seerity, location (host where the eent originated), and description. Sources of Eents The Tioli Enterprise Console accepts eents from many sources. Typically, Tioli software is set up so that eents are sent in response to changes in an application or system resource. For example, you can configure resource models to send eents as well as to report in other ways. Tioli tasks can send eents. Eent Processing The Tioli Enterprise Console uses rules to process eents. A rule is made up of a set of logic statements. The rule makes decisions on what to do with the eent based on information proided in the eent, such as the eent class, eent name, seerity, location, and description. A rule s logic proides one or more responses to the eent: it can drop insignificant eents, escalate important eents, create new eents, or respond to defined relationships of multiple eents (eent correlation). It can also close an old eent when a new eent indicates that the original condition is resoled. Eent Grouping The Tioli Enterprise Console can filter eents into eent groups. These eent groups are typically organized by function but can also be organized by other criteria, such as location or organizational jurisdiction. Eent groups are especially useful for subdiiding all Tioli Enterprise Console eents into manageable chunks. Administrators can be assigned to one or more eent groups. Viewing Eents The Tioli Enterprise Console includes a console where administrators can watch for incoming eents and respond to them. The eent console is a useful tool for managing by exception. The Tioli Enterprise Console can filter out normal eents, respond automatically to anticipated problems, and forward only those eents that require human interention. You can also iew eents from this product s Management Console. Responses to Eents The Tioli Enterprise Console normally can proide automatic responses to many common eents, either by executing response programs or by executing Tioli tasks. For example, you can set a response to respond to the eent that is receied when a serer becomes unaailable. The specific 208 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

229 response can be to inform an administrator or to attempt automatic restarts of the serer, or a combination of both. The automatic response mechanism does not work with this product. Howeer, you can write Tioli Enterprise Console rules that accomplish the same thing. Configuring remote eent correlation for this product Objectie Configure Tioli Enterprise Console to handle eents from Domino serers and set up an eent group to display eents. Background information When a Tioli Enterprise Console is installed on a Domino serer managed with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, the Tioli Enterprise Console s rule engine performs all the necessary eent processing. You neer need to start the standalone Tioli Enterprise Console engine that comes with the product. If you start the Tioli Enterprise Console engine that comes with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino in these circumstances, the two engines might conflict and produce unpredictable results. Tioli recommends using the Configure TEC for TMD task to perform this procedure because it requires less typing to complete. This task configures the Tioli Enterprise Console to handle Domino eents and sets up an eent group to iew the eents. The task performs the following work: Creates the specified rule base, if it does not already exist. Copies an existing rule base into a newly created rule base, if you select the option to do so. Configures the rule base for the selected options by importing the appropriate class and rule set files. Compiles the rule base. Creates an eent group, if you select the option to do so and the specified eent group does not already exist. Configures the eent group for the selected options by defining the appropriate filters. For a detailed description of these class definitions, see Lists of eent classes on page 219. Restarts the eent serer, if you select the option to do so. Refer to the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for instructions on running this task. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin Run the wlookup command to confirm that the Tioli Enterprise Console serer is installed and registered as follows: wlookup -ar EentSerer This command returns a string that includes the object ID number of the Tioli Enterprise Console serer, as in this example: EentSerer #Tec::Serer# Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 209

230 If you hae an interconnected Tioli management region with an eent serer installed in each Tioli management region, this command reports each Tioli Enterprise Console serer. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or from the Tioli desktop. Command line: 1. Access the Tioli bash shell to enable access to all required commands for this procedure. 2. Type the following series of commands to create ariables that define the home directory of the Tioli Enterprise console: Variable name (alue) oser oid directory (install_dir) operating system (interp) path to Tioli Enterprise Console binaries (bindir) EentSererOID, the Object Identifier of the TEC Eent Serer Tioli s ID for this installation of Tioli Enterprise Console (TECHomePath) Complete path to the Tioli Enterprise Console installation. (TECBase) Command to instantiate the ariable oser= objcall get_oser tioli_install_dir= objcall $oser query install_dir interp= objcall "$oser" query interp bindir="$install_dir/$interp" EentSererOID= wlookup -r EentSerer EentSerer TECHomePath= idlcall $EentSererOID _get_tec_home \ tr -d \ " TECBase= "$bindir/$techomepath" 3. Create a new rule base using the wcrtrb command, as in the following command: wcrtrb -d $BINDIR/TME/TEC/TMD TMD where BINDIR/TME/TEC/TMD is the path to the directory of the TMD rule base, and TMD is the name of the rule base you create. 4. Copy the contents of the Default rule base into the new rule base using the wcprb command for copying rule bases. In the following example, the wcprb command creates a rule base called TMD. wcprb Default TMD where Default is the name of the rule base to copy, and TMD is the name of the new rule base. Note: If the current rule base is not Default, use the name of the current rule base in this copy command, not Default. 5. Run the following series of commands to import the classes that configure the Tioli Enterprise Console for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. In these commands the Tioli software is installed in the tioli_install_dir directory. 210 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

231 Purpose of command Place the *.baroc files for a resource model group in the TMD rule base. Place the *.rls rules file for a resource model group in the TMD rule base. Command syntax wimprbclass \ $bindir/tmnt_tec/tmw2k.baroc TMD wimprbclass \ $tioli_install_dir/generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/DominoEent.baroc TMD Issue the aboe command for each of the baroc files located in the tioli_install_dir/generic_unix/tme/dominomanager/ Tec_sr_cnfg file, substituting the DominoEent.baroc with each baroc file listed below: DominoDatabaseManagement.baroc DominoMailStatisticsMonitor.baroc DominoReplicationStatus.baroc DominoSererAailability.baroc DominoSererHealth.baroc DominoSMTPMailStatisticsMonitor.baroc DMXDPSCalendarEntry.baroc DMXDPSDatabaseAccess.baroc DMXDPSIntegrity.baroc DMXDPSNABSearch.baroc DMXDPSNetEcho.baroc DMXDPSReplicateLocal.baroc DMXDPSRoundTripMail.baroc DMXDPSWebAccess.baroc If TBSM is installed, the Domino_send_to_TBSM.rls and Domino_Eent.rls rulesets are needed. To install these rulesets, issue the following commands in order: wimprbrules \ tioli_install_dir /generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/Domino_send_to_TBSM.rls TMD wimprbrules \ tioli_install_dir /generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/Domino_Eent.rls TMD If TBSM is NOT installed, then the Domino_Eent.rls and Domino_lookup_dps_info.rls rulesets are needed. To install these rulesets, issue the following commands in order: wimprbrules \ tioli_install_dir /generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/Domino_Eent.rls TMD wimprbrules \ tioli_install_dir /generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/Domino_lookup_dps_info.rls \ TMD Compile the rules in the TMD rule base. Note: The order in which you run the rulesets is important, so issue these commands in the order documented aboe. wcomprules TMD 6. Run the following commands to import eent classes for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, where tioli_install_dir is the directory where the Tioli software is installed and TECBase is the directory where the rules files are located. a. wimprbclass \ $TECBase/default_rb/TEC_CLASSES/tecad_nt.baroc TMD b. wimprbclass $tioli_install_dir/generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/TMD3_sr_tecad.baroc TMD Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 211

232 c. wimprbrules $tioli_install_dir/generic_unix/ \ TME/DominoManager/Tec_sr_cnfg/TMD3_sr_tecad.rls TMD d. wcomprules TMD 7. Run the following command to load the rule base: wloadrb TMD 8. Run the following command sets to actie the new classes and rules: When the eent serer is running, wstopesr wstartesr OR When the eent serer is not running: wstartesr Tioli desktop: Run the Configure TEC for Messaging and Collaboration task. See Running tasks on page 172 for more information. You also can use wruntask to run this task in the command line interface. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information on this task. Configuring local eent correlation for this product Objectie To configure the standalone eent correlation engine that comes with this product to handle eents from Domino serers and set up an eent group to display eents locally. Background information You can set up local eent correlation for one Domino serer or for many Domino serers. This procedure describes separate command line procedures to configure each type of local eent correlation: Multiple serers: You configure eent correlation on a managed node that can correlate eents from multiple Domino serers. Note: You must set up this type of eent correlation before you configure Domino serers for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. OR Single serer: You configure eent correlation on a specific Domino serer. You perform this procedure after you configure the serer for this product. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration can capture Domino-generated eents, which Lotus Domino lists in the eents4.nsf file, and forward them to the local eent correlation engine. Using the rule-building guidelines for the Tioli Enterprise Console, you can create rules for the local correlation engine to process the eents. The local correlation engine implements the following rules by default: 1. It forwards the eents receied to the Tioli Enterprise Console. 2. It does not forward duplicate eents to the Tioli Enterprise Console until the original eent is closed at the Tioli Enterprise Console. The rule file is called tmd_sa.rls, and the baroc file is called tecad_tmd.baroc. 212 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

233 When a Tioli Enterprise Console is installed on a Domino serer managed with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration, the Tioli Enterprise Console s rule engine performs all the necessary eent processing. You neer need to start the standalone Tioli Enterprise Console engine that comes with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration. If you start the Tioli Enterprise Console engine that comes with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration in these circumstances, the two engines might conflict and produce unpredictable results. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin Run the wlookup command to confirm that the Tioli Enterprise Console serer is installed and registered as follows: wlookup -ar EentSerer This command returns a string that includes the object ID number of the Tioli Enterprise Console serer, as in this example: EentSerer #Tec::Serer# If you hae an interconnected Tioli management region with an eent serer installed in each Tioli management region, this command reports each Tioli Enterprise Console serer. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line to set up eent correlation for multiple or single Domino serers. Command line procedure for multiple serers: Note: The eent correlation rules you set in this procedure apply to all Domino serer that you configure subsequently. 1. Type the following declaration to create a ariable that defines the directory location of the eent correlation files on the managed node: $install_dir = objcall oser_oid query install_dir ; 2. Use the ariable you define in Step 1 to access the.rls (rules) files and the.baroc files in the following directories on a managed node: Access the tmd_sa.rls rules file: $install_dir/lcf_bundle/bin/w32-ix86/tme/dominomanager/tec/rule_base \ /TEC_RULES/tmd_sa.rls Access the tecad_tmd.baroc BAROC file: $install_dir/lcf_bundle/bin/w32-ix86/tme/dominomanager/tec/rule_base \ /TEC_CLASSES/tecad_tmd.baroc 3. Edit the.rls (rules) files and the.baroc files to match your requirements for eent correlation. 4. Set your enironments and compile the rules according to the Tioli Enterprise Console guidelines. Command line procedure for a single serer: Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 213

234 Note: The eent correlation rules you set in this procedure apply only to one Domino serer that you hae configured for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. 1. Edit the following files to change the rules and classes: Access the tmd_sa.rls rules file: $LCF_BINDIR/mrt/TMDTEC/rule_base/TEC_RULES/tmd_sa.rls Access the tecad_tmd.baroc BAROC file: $LCF_BINDIR/mrt/TMDTEC/rule_base/TEC_CLASSES/tecad_tmd.baroc 2. Run the en_lcf.sh script to set the enironment ariables for the Tioli light client framework (LCF) software on the endpoint. 3. Naigate to the following directory: $LCF_BINDIR/mrt/TMDTEC 4. Set the following enironment ariables. For Solaris: SHLIB_PATH=./lib:$SHLIB_PATH LIBPATH=./lib:$LIBPATH LD_LIBRARY_PATH=./lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH% TEC_BIN_DIR=. TEC_KB_DIR=$TEC_BIN_DIR/rule_base BIM_PROLOG_DIR=$TEC_BIN_DIR INTERP=solaris2 For AIX: SHLIB_PATH=./lib:$SHLIB_PATH LIBPATH=./lib:$LIBPATH LD_LIBRARY_PATH=./lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH% TEC_BIN_DIR=. TEC_KB_DIR=$TEC_BIN_DIR/rule_base BIM_PROLOG_DIR=$TEC_BIN_DIR INTERP=aix4-r1 For Windows NT: PATH=.;.\lib;.\bin;%PATH% TEC_BIN_DIR=. TEC_KB_DIR=%TEC_BIN_DIR%\rule_base BIM_PROLOG_DIR=%TEC_BIN_DIR% INTERP=w32-ix86 SHELL=bin/bash.exe 5. Run the following command to compile the rules: tec_compile_rules [-notrace] rule_base Customizing the Eents4 Profile for local eent correlation Objectie To configure the eents profile of a Domino serer so that it sends the appropriate eents to the local rule correlation engine. Background information Serer Eent Configuration profiles (Eents4 profiles) are included with eery Domino serer object that you create in this product. These profiles define what eent types and eent leels are sent to the local rule correlation engine for processing. See Controlling the local rule engine on page 216 for more information on using the local rule correlation engine. 214 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

235 Note: In addition to customizing the Eents4 profiles that come with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, you can create a new Eents4 profile. You can customize an Eents4 profile to optimize local rules correlation. Your settings can cause the Domino serer to send less eent information to the local correlation engine for processing, thereby decreasing network traffic and improing response time. You can set eent leels that are significant for your system at the leel of an indiidual Domino serer. Also, you can disable reporting of specific eents that the local correlation engine does not need to process. For example, if appropriate, you can customize the Eents4 profile to eliminate the Normal and Warning Low eents from the group of eents that pass to the local correlation engine. You can customize the Eents4 profile in any of the following ways: Delete an eent type from the profile. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino produces no eent information for the deleted eent type. Add an eent type to the profile. Modify one or more of the following eent leels from an indiidual eent type: Normal, Warning Low, Warning High, Failure, and Fatal. Note: The distribution process for an Eents4 profile is the same as the distribution process for any other profile. Howeer, the target Domino serer must be running during the distribution of an Eents4 profile. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin Configure the Tioli Enterprise Console to work with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. The following procedures describe the configuration options: Configuring remote eent correlation for this product on page 209 Configuring local eent correlation for this product on page 212 When you finish Distribute the customized Eents4 profile, as described in Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Note: The distribution process for an Eents4 profile is the same as the distribution process for a profile. Howeer, the target Domino serer must be running during the distribution of an Eents4 profile. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Management Console only. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab. 2. Click the Profiles tab in the Configuration pane. 3. Select the serer type that you want to modify in the serer tree iew on the left side of the Management Console. Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 215

236 Note: The serer type is an object that contains resource model profiles and Eents4 profiles that you distribute to Domino serers. 4. Click the eent configuration profile in the Profiles list in the middle of the Management Console. Additional Information: The Eent Type table below the Profiles list refreshes to display eent types and eent leels. 5. Select or clear the check box items to customize local eent correlation as follows: a. Decide which Eent Type row to modify. b. Select or clear the check box of an eent leel in the row to add or remoe the eent leel from the process of local eent correlation. Additional Information: For example, you can clear the Normal check box for the Addin eent type in the Eents4 profile for the Domino 5.0 Basic Serer serer type, which is called Domino 5.0 Basic Serer Eent Configuration. Note: These changes do not take effect until you distribute the profile whose settings you hae modified, as mentioned in step (Optional) Add an eent to the Eent Type table in the bottom of the Management Console, as follows: a. Click Add Eent to access the Add Eent dialog box. b. Select the eent type or eent types that you want to add in the table. c. Click Add. 7. (Optional) Delete an eent from the Eent Type table in the bottom of the Management Console, as follows: a. Select an eent in the Eent Type table. b. Click Delete Eent. c. Click OK in the confirmation dialog box. 8. Distribute the customized Eents4 profile, as described in Distributing a profile from the desktop on page 101. Controlling the local rule engine Note: The distribution process for an Eents4 profile is the same as the distribution process for a resource model profile. Howeer, the target Domino serer must be running during the distribution of an Eents4 profile. Objectie To start or stop the local rule engine, which sends eent information from the Domino serer to the Tioli Enterprise Console. Background information The local rule engine for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino is a standalone ersion of the Tioli Enterprise Console engine. The local engine analyzes all eent information on a Domino serer and sends significant eent information to the Tioli Enterprise Console. Because eent data is filtered locally, the Domino serer sends less eent information to the Tioli Enterprise Console for processing, thereby decreasing network traffic and improing response time. 216 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

237 OS/400 has no Tioli Enterprise Console standalone rules engine. It sends all IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration eents directly to the Tioli Enterprise Console serer. As on other operating systems, you can use the Start TEC Engine and Stop TEC Engine functions to control the sending of eents to the Tioli Enterprise Console serer. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin See Chapter 9, Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation on page 207 for general information about using the Tioli Enterprise Console with this product. When you finish While the local engine is running, iew eents in the Tioli Enterprise Console, as described in Viewing eents on page 218. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to control the local rule engine: wtmdstartengine command to start the local rule engine. wtmdstopengine command to stop the local rule engine. wruntask command with the following tasks to control the local rule engine: Start Engine task to start the local rule engine. Stop Engine task to stop the local rule engine. For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Start Engine task to start the local rule engine. Stop Engine task to stop the local rule engine. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the the desktop options for these tasks. OR Complete the following steps to run this task from the desktop: 1. Double-click the icon of the policy region that contains the serer for which you want to start the local rule engine to display the Policy Region window. 2. Right-click the serer icon in the Policy Region window. 3. Select one of the following pop-up menu items: Select Start Engine to start the engine. Select Stop Engine to stop the engine. 4. Click OK. 5. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. Additional Information: When execution is completed, the Information dialog box displays the results of the operation. Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 217

238 Viewing eents 6. Click the Results drop-down list to inspect the results of the operation for the serer or serers that you selected. Management Console: 1. Click the Status and Operations tab of the Management Console. 2. Select the serer for which you want to start the local rule engine in the tree iew on the left side of the console. 3. Click the Start/Stop Eent Engine tool in the Tools Operations collapsible menu to display the Start/Stop Engine dialog box. 4. (Optional) Use one of the following methods to select multiple serers on which to perform this operation: Type multiple serer names separated by semicolons (;) in the Serers area. OR Use the graphical user interface as follows: a. Click the browse icon to the right of the text box in the Serers area to access the Select Serers dialog box. b. Use standard selection methods to select multiple serers. Additional Information: For example on a Windows keyboard, press Ctrl-A to select all serers, or press Ctrl and click multiple serers, one by one. c. Click OK to return to the Start/Stop Eent Engine dialog box. Additional Information: The text box in this dialog box reflects the selections you made in the Select Serers dialog box. 5. Select one of the following options: Select Start to start the local engine. Select Stop to stop the local engine. 6. Click OK. Objectie To iew eents in the Tioli Enterprise Console so you can watch for incoming eents and respond to them. The time it takes to iew eents in the Tioli Enterprise Console depends on the number of eents. Background information The Tioli Enterprise Console can filter out normal eents, respond automatically to anticipated problems, and forward only those eents that require human interention. Required authorization role user Before you begin The Tioli Enterprise Console must be configured to receie eents from IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. (The Tioli Enterprise Console is represented on the Tioli desktop by an Eent Serer icon.) When you finish You can respond to eents yourself, or configure the Tioli Enterprise Console to automatically respond to certain eents. See the Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide for information. 218 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

239 Lists of eent classes Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop or the Management Console. Desktop: Follow these steps to iew eents: 1. Double-click the EentSerer icon on the Tioli desktop. The Eent Serer Rule Bases window is displayed. This window contains an icon for each rule base that you are authorized to iew. 2. Double-click the rule base icon. The list of eents for that eent group is displayed in the window. 3. To iew the details of an eent, do one of the following: Double-click on the desired eent. OR Select the desired eent and click View Message. The Eent Group Message Viewer dialog box is displayed. Information for each slot (information field) in the eent is displayed in this dialog box. Management Console: Tioli Enterprise Console eents automatically appear in the Management Console Eents tab if the following conditions are met: Configure Tioli Enterprise Console to gie access to all users who need access to eent data, as described in the Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide. Tioli Enterprise Console 3.7 or later is installed. The TecUISerer object was installed during the Tioli Enterprise Console 3.7 installation. The Tioli Enterprise Console RIM object is installed and running (refer to the Tioli Management Framework documentation). Use the following command to test your connection to the Tioli Enterprise Console RIM object: wrimtest -l tec This section lists the eent classes proided with IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino. The following files define the eent classes for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: Tmw2k.baroc Defines the IBM Tioli Monitoring eents. DominoEent.baroc Defines Domino_Eent as a subclass of TMW_Eent. TMD3_sr_tecad.baroc Defines TMD_Base as a subclass of Eent. The following Baroc files define the classes for the resource models: DominoDatabaseManagement.baroc DominoMailStatisticsMonitor.baroc DominoReplicationStatus.baroc DominoSererAailability.baroc DominoSererHealth.baroc DominoSMTPMailStatisticsMonitor.baroc Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 219

240 DMXDPSCalendarEntry.baroc DMXDPSDatabaseAccess.baroc DMXDPSIntegrity.baroc DMXDPSNABSearch.baroc DMXDPSNetEcho.baroc DMXDPSReplicateLocal.baroc DMXDPSRoundTripMail.baroc DMXDPSWebAccess.baroc Collectiely, these files implement the following class hierarchy: Eent TMD_EVENT TEC_Sync TMD_Base <eent_classes> TMW_Eent Domino_Eent <resource model classes> All eent_classes extend from TMD_Base. See the class definition files for IBM Tioli Monitoring for the definition of TMW_Eent. See the class definition files for Tioli Enterprise Console for the definition of EVENT. The following lists contain the eent classes and resource model classes that IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino uses: Eent classes TMD_Access TMD_Access_Control TMD_AdminP TMD_Agent TMD_AMgr TMD_APPC_Subsystem TMD_AppleTalk TMD_Archie TMD_Argument_Error TMD_Attach_Manager TMD_Authentication TMD_Authorization TMD_B-tree TMD_Billing TMD_Bindery TMD_BTVerifyNode_Error TMD_Calendar TMD_Catalog TMD_Certification TMD_Change_Request TMD_Cluster TMD_Collection TMD_Command TMD_Compaction TMD_Connection TMD_Control TMD_Conersation 220 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

241 TMD_Conersion_Error TMD_Database TMD_Database_Drier TMD_Database_Object TMD_Data_Access_Application TMD_Date TMD_DIIOP TMD_Directory TMD_Directory_Assistance TMD_Directory_Catalog TMD_Directory_Manager TMD_Disk_Error TMD_DNS_Error TMD_Document TMD_Domain_Indexer TMD_Domino_Directory TMD_Duplicate TMD_Encryption TMD_Eent_Error TMD_Extension_Manager TMD_File_Error TMD_File_System TMD_Folder TMD_Formula_Script TMD_Help TMD_ICM_Serer TMD_IMAP TMD_IMAP4 TMD_Index TMD_Internal_Error TMD_Internet TMD_Inalid TMD_JVM TMD_LDAP TMD_Mail TMD_Mail_Conert TMD_Maps_Extractor TMD_Memory TMD_Misc TMD_Misc_Error TMD_Modem_Error TMD_MT_Collector TMD_Name TMD_NDS TMD_NetBIOS TMD_NetWare Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 221

242 TMD_Network TMD_News_Serer TMD_Note TMD_Notes TMD_Noell TMD_NTI TMD_Object TMD_Object_Store TMD_Operation TMD_OS2 TMD_POP3 TMD_Port_Comm TMD_Process TMD_Proiding_Serice TMD_Proxy TMD_Public_Key TMD_Query TMD_Recoery_Manager TMD_Remote_Program_Error.txt TMD_Remote_Serer.txt TMD_Remote_Serer_Error TMD_Remote_Serice_Error TMD_Replica TMD_Reporter TMD_Request TMD_Resource TMD_Router TMD_SchedMgr TMD_SECDY TMD_Security TMD_Security_ID TMD_Security_Package_Protocol_Error TMD_Serer TMD_Serer_ID TMD_Serer_Name TMD_Signature TMD_SMTP TMD_SSL TMD_Statistics TMD_Table TMD_TCPIP TMD_Template TMD_TP TMD_Transfering TMD_UBM_IO TMD_View TMD_Vines TMD_VPE TMD_Web TMD_XPCMQ 222 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

243 Resource model classes DPSCalendarEntry_DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSCalendarEntry_DPSProbeError DPSDatabaseAccess_ DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSDatabaseAccess_DPSProbeError DMXDPSStationDown DPSNABSearch_DPSProbeError DPSNABSearch_DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSNetEcho_DPSProbeError DPSNetEcho_DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSReplicateLocal_DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSReplicateLocal_DPSProbeError DPSRoundTripMail_DPSProbeError DPSRoundTripMail_DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSWebAccess_DPSPerformanceDeclining DPSWebAccess_DPSProbeError Corruption_In_Log DBCorruption_TioliAddin_Aailability Domino_Database_Corruption DominoMailDead DominoMailWaiting Mail_TioliAddin_Aailability Replication_TioliAddin_Aailability Domino_Replication_Manual Domino_Replication_Duration Domino_Replication_Miss DominoSMTPMTADead SMTPMTA_TioliAddin_Aailability DominoSMTPMTAWaiting Domino_Serer_Panic Domino_SererAailability AailabilityIndex SererHealth_TioliAddin_Aailability ClusterAailabilityIndex Domino_Task DroppedSession Chapter 9. Setting up the Tioli Enterprise Console for eent correlation 223

244 224 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

245 Chapter 10. Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager This chapter proides information on using Tioli Business Systems Manager to manage IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino resources and eents. Table 16 contains the procedures for integrating IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino into Tioli Business Systems Manager. Table 16. Goals and where to find procedures for integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager Goal Where to find procedures 1. Install the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration on the Tioli Business Systems Manager serer 2. Configure your Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer to forward eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager 3. Define the specific IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino objects to Tioli Business Systems Manager using a discoery task. 4. Perform IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration 5. To remoe the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration from Tioli Business Systems Manager. Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 226 Configuring the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer on page 228 Discoering resources for Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 227 Working with Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 229 Uninstalling IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration from Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 229 This chapter also proides information about uninstalling the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration from Tioli Business Systems Manager. Understanding Tioli Business Systems Manager Tioli Business Systems Manager is a business systems management tool that enables you to graphically monitor and control interconnected business components and operating system resources. A business resource and its resources are referred to as a Line of Business (LOB). Tioli Business Systems Manager consists of the following components: Tioli Business Systems Manager management serer The Tioli Business Systems Manager management serer processes all the aailability data that is collected from arious sources. Aailability data is inserted in the Tioli Business Systems Manager database, where intelligent agents proide alerts on monitored objects and then broadcast those alerts to Tioli Business Systems Manager workstations. The management serer processes all user requests that originate from the workstation and includes a database serer that is built around a Microsoft SQL Serer database. Copyright IBM Corp

246 Tioli Business Systems Manager workstation The Tioli Business Systems Manager workstation displays objects in customized iews, called Line of Business Views. Objects are presented in a hierarchical Tree View so that users can see the relationship between objects. Alerts are oerlaid on the objects when the aailability of the object is threatened. Tioli Eent Enablement Tioli Eent Enablement is installed on the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer and enables the eent serer to forward eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager. Tioli Eent Enablement defines eent classes and rules for handling eents related to Tioli Business Systems Manager. Task serer The Tioli Business Systems Manager task serer is installed on the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer with eent enablement. It receies task requests from the Tioli Business Systems Manager workstation, runs the tasks on the Tioli serer on which it is installed, and returns the output to Tioli Systems Manager. Prerequisites Before you integrate IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino into Tioli Business Systems Manager, perform the following prerequisite steps: Install the Tioli Business Systems Manager configuration, as described in the Tioli Business Systems Manager Installation and Configuration Guide. You must install Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 1.5 with patch 35 and 91394bsm. Install and configure the Tioli Eent Enablement (with patch 38) on all Tioli Enterprise Console eent serers that receie eents that you want to forward to Tioli Business Systems Manager. See the Tioli Business Systems Manager Installation and Configuration Guide for more information. Configure Tioli Business Systems Manager to communicate with each Tioli Eent Enablement installed in the preious step. See the Tioli Business Systems Manager Installation and Configuration Guide for more information. Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager Objectie To integrate IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino with Tioli Business Systems Manager so you can receie IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino eents on the Tioli Business Systems Manager Background information To enable Tioli Business Systems Manager to manage IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino eents, you must install an IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration program on the Tioli Business Systems Manager serer. This integration program does the following steps: Defines the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino objects in Tioli Business Systems Manager Defines a line of business for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino resources 226 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

247 Required authorization role You must hae administrator authority on the Tioli Business Systems Manager serer. Before you begin Make sure that your Tioli Business Systems Manager enironment is configured correctly and that you hae Tioli Eent Enablement installed on each Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer that you want to forward eents. For more information, see the Tioli Business Systems Manager Installation and Configuration Guide. When you finish Configure the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer to forward eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager. See Configuring the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer on page 228 for more information. Procedure Use the following steps to install the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration: 1. On the Tioli Business Systems Manager serer, insert the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino CD and, from a command prompt, naigate to the \TBSM directory. 2. Type install to start the installation wizard. 3. Click Next on the welcome screen. 4. Specify an installation location for the Tioli Business Systems Manager integration. The default location is C:\tioli\itmABA. Click Browse to select a different installation location. Click Next to continue. The installation location and total installed size are displayed. 5. Click Next to continue. 6. Proide the following Microsoft SQL Serer information and click Next to start the installation. SQL Serer The name of the SQL serer with which this Tioli Business Systems Manager serer is associated SQL Userid The SQL user ID. SQL Password The password for the user ID defined aboe. A progress bar is displayed to show the progress of the installation. When installation is complete, a message appears. 7. Click Finish to exit the installation wizard. Discoering resources for Tioli Business Systems Manager Objectie To define the specific IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino objects to Tioli Business Systems Manager. Chapter 10. Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager 227

248 Background information The IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration that you installed in Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 226 defined the types of objects that you want Tioli Business Systems Manager to manage. After you define the object types, you need to define the specific objects. You can do this with the Domino TBSM Discoery task. This task searches a managed node for objects and sends a DISCOVER eent to Tioli Business Systems Manager for each object. The Domino TBSM Discoery task also maintains a list of the objects that hae been discoered and alerts Tioli Business Systems Manager when they hae been deleted by sending Tioli Business Systems Manager a GONE eent for each object that no longer exists on the managed node. Required authorization role Domino_Admin Before you begin Configure your Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer, as described in Configuring the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer on page 228. When you finish Use Tioli Business Systems Manager to iew and manage your IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino objects. For information on using Tioli Business Systems Manager, see the Tioli Business Systems Manager User s Guide. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line or the Tioli desktop. Command line Use the wruntask command with the Domino TBSM Discoery task. See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information. Desktop Use the following steps to run this procedure as a task: 1. In the Domino Serer Tasks task library, double-click the Domino TBSM Discoery task. 2. Select the managed node on which you want to search for objects and click Execute. If the task completes successfully, you can access a log file that contains the eents sent to Tioli Business Systems Manager. Configuring the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer Objectie To configure the Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer to forward eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager. 228 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

249 Background information Before Tioli Enterprise Console eent serers can forward eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager, you must configure them to use a rule base to forward the eents. Required authorization role senior Before you begin Install the Tioli Business Systems Manager eent enablement on each Tioli Enterprise Console eent serer that you want to forward eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager. For more information, see the Tioli Business Systems Manager Installation and Configuration Guide for more information. When you finish Define your IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino objects to Tioli Business Systems Manager with the Domino TBSM Discoery task, as described in Discoering resources for Tioli Business Systems Manager on page 227. Procedure Use the Configure TEC for Messaging and Collaboration task to configure (or reconfigure) each eent serer. If you installed Tioli Business Systems Manager eent enablement on the eent serer, this task recognizes that and compiles the rule base that forwards eents to Tioli Business Systems Manager. For information on running this task, see IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide Working with Tioli Business Systems Manager Tioli Business Systems Manager monitors the status of resource models. Eents generated by the Tioli Enterprise Console adapter or resource models are forwarded from Tioli Enterprise Console to Tioli Business Systems Manager. For more information about these tasks and resource models, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Uninstalling IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration from Tioli Business Systems Manager Objectie To remoe the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration from Tioli Business Systems Manager. Background information Uninstalling the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration remoes the IBM Lotus Domino Serer object definitions and objects from Tioli Business Systems Manager. Required authorization role You must hae administrator authority on the Tioli Business Systems Manager serer. Chapter 10. Integrating with Tioli Business Systems Manager 229

250 Before you begin None. When you finish None. Procedure Use the following steps to perform this procedure: 1. On the Tioli Business Systems Manager serer, from a command prompt, naigate to the directory where you installed the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino integration. The default directory is c:\tioli\itmaba. 2. Type uninstall to start the uninstall wizard. 3. Click Next on the welcome screen. 4. The installation location for the Tioli Business Systems Manager integration is displayed. Click Next to continue. 5. Proide the following Microsoft SQL Serer information: SQL Serer The name of the SQL serer with which this Tioli Business Systems Manager is associated. SQL Userid The SQL user ID. SQL Password The password for the user ID defined aboe. 6. Click Finish to exit the installation wizard. 230 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

251 Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse This chapter proides information on enabling IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Oeriew of Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse enables you to access application reports from arious Tioli and customer applications. The infrastructure proides a set of extract, transform, and load (ETL) utilities that you use to extract and moe data from Tioli application data stores to a central data warehouse database. Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse proides the following capabilities: An open architecture for storing, aggregating, and correlating historical data. In addition to the data collected by IBM Tioli software, Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse has the flexibility and extensibility to enable you to integrate your own application data. Database optimizations for the efficient storage of large amounts of historical data and for fast access to data for analysis and report generation. The infrastructure and tools necessary for maintaining and iewing the collected data. These include the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse application, IBM DB2 Uniersal Database Enterprise Edition, the Data Warehouse Center, DB2 Warehouse Manager, and a user interface for creating and iewing reports. The ability to use your choice of data analysis tools to examine your historical data. In addition to the report interface, you can analyze your data using other products such as online analytical processing (OLAP), planning, trending, analysis, accounting, and data mining tools. The ability to control access to your historical data. You can keep data about multiple customers and data centers in one central data warehouse, but restrict access so that customers can see and work with data and reports based only on their data and not any other customer s data. You can also restrict an indiidual user s ability to access data. A zero-footprint client. Users can access Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports from any system by using a Web browser. No special software is required on the user s system. Internationalization support. Not only is the report interface localized, application programmers can localize the data stored in the central data warehouse. Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse consists of the following components: Control serer Central data warehouse Data marts Report interface Control serer The control serer contains the control database for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse from which you manage your data warehouse. Copyright IBM Corp

252 The control serer has these subcomponents: A serer that controls communication between the control serer, the central data warehouse serer, the data mart serer, and the report serer. The control database, which contains metadata for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. The control serer uses the following parts of the IBM DB2 product, which you must install manually before installing the control serer. These parts are all automatically installed when you install IBM DB2 Uniersal Database Enterprise Edition on a Microsoft Windows system. DB2 Serer The Data Warehouse Center, a component that automates data warehouse processing. You can use the Data Warehouse Center to define the ETL processes that moe and transform data into the central data warehouse and the star schemas used by the data marts. Then, you can use the Data Warehouse Center to schedule, maintain, and monitor these processes. The warehouse agent, part of DB2 Warehouse Manager. Central data warehouse The central data warehouse is a DB2 database that contains the historical data for your enterprise. The system that hosts the central data warehouse is called the central data warehouse serer. The central data warehouse component uses IBM DB2 Uniersal Database Enterprise Edition, which you must install manually before installing the control serer. Data marts A separate DB2 database contains the data marts for your enterprise. Each data mart contains a subset of the historical data from the central data warehouse to satisfy the analysis and reporting needs of a specific department, team, customer, or application. The system that hosts this DB2 database is called the data mart serer. Although you can hae many data marts, you can hae only one data mart serer. The data mart component requires IBM DB2 Uniersal Database Enterprise Edition, which you must install manually before installing the control serer. The warehouse pack for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino creates data marts whose structure is suitable for the report interface. They do this by proiding an ETL process, called a data mart ETL, that creates the data mart and loads it with data from the central data warehouse. For more information on how the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino warehouse pack is structured, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Warehouse Enablement Pack Implementation Guide found in the Docs directory of this product s Installation CD. You can modify an existing data mart, or create new data marts that contain slightly different data, to address a reporting need specific to your situation. To modify or create a data mart, you must be familiar with database ETL processes and with the internal representation of a data mart as star schemas in the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse databases. For information about this, see the Enabling an Application for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Guide. 232 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

253 Report interface The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse report interface (RPI) proides tools and a graphical user interface that other Tioli software products use to create and display reports. You can use Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse to customize reports proided with other Tioli software and to create new reports. You also use the report interface to control access to data marts and to the reports associated with a data mart. The system on which you install the report interface is called the report serer. Use the Work with Reports task group in the report interface to manage users, groups, and data marts for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse or to run, create, and iew Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports. The following sections describe how to do the following tasks: Working with users Working with roles and groups Working with data marts Working with reports Working with users and user groups This section describes tasks associated with managing user groups for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. It includes the following topics: An oeriew of users and user groups Creating an IBM Console user An oeriew of the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse roles Assigning roles to a user Creating a user group Assigning users to a user group About users and user groups You control access to data in Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse data marts by specifying which user groups (collections of users) can run the reports that access the data in each data mart. Each user in a user group is gien access to all reports that access the data in the data marts to which that user group has access. By default, Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse proides the TWHAdmin user group, which contains a single user: superadmin. You can customize the TWHAdmin user group for the needs of your enterprise. A user can be assigned to more than one user group. The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse authorization roles The following Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse authorization roles control access to tasks and actiities in the Work with Reports task group: Warehouse Security Administrator With this role, a user can create and manage groups and data marts. A user with this role controls access to data marts by assigning users to groups and by giing groups access to specific data marts. In effect, this role controls access to the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse data using user groups and data marts. Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 233

254 Report roles control a user s ability to create and modify reports for the data marts the user s user groups can access. Assign only one of the following roles to each user: Adanced Report Author With this role, a user can create, modify, run, and delete public and their own personal reports, and sae the output of reports, both public and personal. Report Author With this role, a user can run and sae the output of public reports and create and modify their own personal reports. They can run public and personal reports, and create, modify, and delete personal reports. Report Reader With this role, a user can run public reports and iew the saed output of public reports. Table 17. Goals and where to find procedures for enabling IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Goal Where to find procedures Work with users and user groups Accessing the IBM Console on page 234 Creating an IBM Console user on page 235 Assigning authorization roles to a user on page 235 Creating a user group on page 236 Assigning users to a user group on page 236 Assigning user groups to a data mart on page 237 Manage Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports Running reports on page 238 Scheduling reports to run automatically on page 239 Modifying default settings for reports on page 239 Creating reports on page 240 Creating a Many Measurements Versus Time Domino-specific report on page 241 Accessing the IBM Console Objectie To display the IBM Console so you can use Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Background information You perform all Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse functions through the IBM Console. Access the IBM Console using a web browser to connect to Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse serer. Required authorization role superadmin 234 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

255 Before you begin None When you finish None Procedure To access the IBM Console, complete the following steps: 1. Start the web browser. 2. Connect to the following URL: of TEDW serer>/ibmconsole 3. Enter the default user, superadmin, and the default password, password. Itis recommended that you change the default password after you log in. To change the password, click Administer Users and Role and select Manage Users. Creating an IBM Console user Objectie To create an IBM Console user. Background information Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse is displayed using the IBM Console, which is also used by other Tioli software products. A user is gien access to tasks in the IBM Console based on the roles that are assigned to that user. One user can hae roles for dierse tasks including administering IBM Console users, managing Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse user groups and data marts, running and iewing the output of Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports, and performing tasks associated with other Tioli software products. Required authorization role superadmin Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help also guides you through additional tasks for managing users, such as updating or displaying the properties of a user and deleting a user. Procedure To create an IBM Console user, complete the following steps: 1. From the IBM Console, select Administer Users and then Create a User. 2. Open the Task Assistant and follow the instructions proided in the online help to create a user. Assigning authorization roles to a user Objectie To assign authorization roles to a user. Background information None. Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 235

256 Creating a user group Required authorization role superuser Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help also guides you through additional tasks for managing users, such as updating or displaying the properties of a user and deleting a user. Procedure To assign a role to a user, complete the following steps: 1. From the IBM Console, select Administer Users and Roles and then Manage Users. 2. From the table of users, click the context menu icon of a user and select Properties. 3. Follow the instructions in the Task Assistant about assigning roles to the user. Objectie To create a user group. Background information None. Required authorization role Administration Authorizations Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help also guides you through additional tasks for managing user groups, such as updating or displaying the properties of a user group, adding users to a user group, and deleting a user group. Procedure To create a user group, complete the following steps: 1. From the IBM console, select Work with Reports and then Manage User Groups. 2. In the Manage User Groups window, click the context menu of Root and select Create. 3. Follow the instructions in the Task Assistant about creating user groups. Assigning users to a user group Objectie To assign users to user groups. Background information None. 236 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

257 Required authorization role Administration Authorizations Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help also guides you through additional tasks for managing user groups, such as updating or displaying the properties of a user group, adding or remoing users from a user group, and deleting a user group. Procedure To assign one or more users to a user group, perform the following steps: 1. From the IBM Console, select Work with Reports and then Manage User Groups. 2. In the Manage User Groups window, click the context menu icon of a group and select Properties. 3. Follow the instructions in the Task Assistant about assigning users to user groups. Assigning user groups to a data mart Objectie To assign user groups to a data mart. Background information Grant access to only those user groups whose users need the data mart to perform tasks. Required authorization role Administration Authorizations Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help can guide you through additional tasks for managing user groups, such as updating or displaying the properties of a user group, remoing users from a user group, and remoing data mart access from a user group. Procedure To assign user groups to a data mart, complete the following steps: 1. From the IBM Console, select Work with Reports and then Manage Data Marts. 2. In the Manage Data Marts window, in the Data Mart iew, click the context menu icon for the data mart that you want to change and click Properties. 3. Select the User Groups tab. 4. Open the Task Assistant and follow the instructions proided in the online help to assign a user group to a data mart. Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 237

258 Managing Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports Running reports Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports display a static iew of the data in a data mart. Reports are proided by the warehouse pack for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino, along with the data marts required to collect the data used in the report. This section describes the following tasks: Running a report manually Automatically running reports Modifying default settings for report creation Creating a report For more information about working with reports, see the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help. Tioli software products using the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse can proide prepackaged reports that enable you to access specific information about your business enironment. All of these reports are listed in the Manage Reports and Report Output task of the Work with Reports task group in the IBM Console. This includes reports from all Tioli software products that use the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse report interface. Tioli software products can also proide a different reporting interface. A Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse report uses data from a single data mart. If you hae the appropriate role, you can also create additional reports or modify existing reports. Before you can create a new report or modify an existing report, you must understand the structure of the underlying warehouse data and of the operational data that is the source of that data. For information about the structure of data in the data mart and in the central data warehouse, see Enabling an Application for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. For information on the specific data mart, star schema, and report mapping of this product, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Warehouse Enablement Pack Implementation Guide located in the Docs directory of this product s Installation CD. Objectie To run a report using the report interface. Background information None. Required authorization role AdRepAuthRole, RepAuthRole, or RepReaderRole Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help can also guide you through additional tasks for reports, such as displaying the properties of a report and deleting a report. 238 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

259 Procedure To run a report using the report interface, complete the following steps: 1. From the IBM Console, select Work with Reports and then Manage Reports and Report Output. 2. In the Manage Reports and Report Output window, in the Reports iew, click the context menu icon of a report and select Run. Scheduling reports to run automatically Objectie To automatically run reports. Background information Using the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse report interface, you can schedule a report to run automatically when the associated data mart is updated. This ensures that when you examine the output of the report, it displays the most recent data in the warehouse. Required authorization role AdRepAuthRole Before you begin None. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help can also guide you through additional tasks for reports, such as modifying or displaying the properties of a report and deleting a report. Procedure To schedule a report to run automatically when the associated data mart is updated, complete the following steps: 1. From the IBM Console, select Work with Reports and then Manage Reports and Report Output. 2. In the Manage Reports and Report Output window, in the Reports iew, click Reports. 3. Click the context menu icon of a report and select Run. 4. Specify the time frame for which you would like to run the report. Specify a General Time Frame such as the last 7 days, or a Specific Time Interal such as January 1, 2002 through January 31, Click Next. 6. Make any necessary changes for Report Output Name and Report Output Description. 7. Click Run. Modifying default settings for reports Objectie To modify default settings for report creation. Background information When you create or modify a report, you select predetermined alues for the time frame of the report. The predetermined alues of Peak Hours and Weekdays Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 239

260 specified under Filtering in the Time page of report properties can be modified. Do this by modifying the information in the control database on the control serer. The default alue for Peak Hours is 9:00 am through 5:00 PM, or 0900 to This alue can be modified to reflect different peak hours if necessary. The default alue for Weekdays is Monday through Friday. This alue can also be modified. The RPI.TimeFilters table contains the following filters and default filter alues. Table 18. Default time filter names and alues TIME_FILTER_NAME TIME_FILTER_VALUES Peak hours hour(meas_hour) in (9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17) Weekdays dayofweek(meas_date) between 2 and 6 Creating reports Required authorization role AdRepAuthRole Before you begin None. When you finish For additional information on the properties of the RPI.TimeFilters table, see Enabling an Application for Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. Procedure To change the alues displayed in the report interface, perform the following steps: 1. Connect to the control database (TWH_MD). 2. Use an SQL statement similar to the following to modify the alues for Peak Hours or Weekdays in the RPI.TimeFilters table. The following example sets the Weekdays filter to represent Sunday through Thursday: Update RPI.TimeFilters set TIME_FILTER_VALUES =dayofweek(meas_date) \ between 1 and 5 where TIME_FILTER_NAME =Weekdays Additional information: After doing this, when a user selects a Weekdays filter for a report in the report interface, the data returned is for Sunday through Thursday. Note: There is no error-checking for the alues inserted into the tables for Peak Hours and Weekdays. Therefore, ensure that the information you insert into the tables is correct. You can sae a report that contains incorrect alues for these parameters without receiing an error message. The message is not generated until the report is run. Objectie To create a report. Background information You can receie a message that the name you specified is already in use, een if you do not hae access to the report with that name. Required authorization role AdRepAuthRole or RepAuthRole 240 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

261 Before you begin Ensure that you use descriptie and meaningful names for the reports you create. Report names are unique across all users of Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse. When you finish The Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse online help also guides you through additional tasks for reports, such as modifying or displaying the properties of a report and deleting a report. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the IBM Console. 1. Click Work with Reports and select Create a Report. 2. Select one of the following type of reports to create: Extreme Case, Health Check, and Summary. 3. Select the data mart that contains the information from which to create the report. 4. Click OK. 5. Click the General tab and enter the Name and Description for the report. 6. Click the Metrics tab, and select Add to add a new metric to graph and display the Add Metrics screen. 7. Select the star schema containing the metric that you would like to graph and to display a list of Aailable Metrics for the star schema. 8. Check one or more of the metrics that you would like to graph. 9. Click Next. 10. Select the aggregation type that you would like for each metric. 11. Click Next. 12. Specify the attributes to filter by, group by, or order by. Additional information: For example, if you only want to display information about a specific Domino serer, specify the name of the Domino serer in the Domino Serer Component Name Filter By field. 13. Click the Time tab, and specify the Time frame for which you would like to run the report. Additional information: You can either specify a General Time Frame, such as the Last 7 days, or a Specific Time Interal, such as January 1, 2002 through January 31, Click the Schedule tab, and select whether the report should be run when the data mart is built. 15. Click OK. Creating a Many Measurements Versus Time Domino-specific report Objectie To create the Many Measurements Versus Time report. Background information IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino includes reports that summarize data based on components such as Domino Serers. Since each Domino serer is specific to an enironment, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino does not include these reports. Use this procedure to create reports of the Many Measurements Versus Time class. Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 241

262 Figure 105 contains a bar chart that shows the aerage MAIL.Dead alue for the abatst.serer6 and domtst.serer6 serers. The MAIL.dead alue is an aggregate alue for the past 21 days. This is an example of a One Measurement Versus Many Components class of reports. Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse also allows you to graph Many Measurements Versus Time. Figure 105. Bar chart Figure 106 on page 243 shows the aerage MAIL.Dead alue for abatst.serer6 serer. 242 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

263 Figure 106. Line chart Required authorization role AdRepAuthRole or RepAuthRole Before you begin None When you finish None Procedure You can perform this procedure from the IBM Console. The steps are the same as those for Creating Reports, but includes specific alues for this type of report. To create reports of the Many Measurements Versus Time class, perform the following procedure: 1. Click Work with Reports and select Create a Report. 2. Select Health Check for the Type of report to create. 3. Select the ABA Messaging and Collaboration Data Mart. 4. Click OK. 5. Click the General tab, and enter the Name and Description for the report. 6. Click the Metrics tab, and select Add to add a new metric to graph and to display the Add Metrics screen. 7. Select the star schema containing the metric that you would like to graph and to display a list of Aailable Metrics for the star schema. 8. Check one or more metrics you would like to graph. 9. Click Next. Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 243

264 10. Select the Aggregation type you would like for each metric. 11. Click Next 12. Select the Domino serer to graph in the Filter By field for the DOMSERVER_COMP_NAME. Additional information: If you do not select one and choose *, the alues for all Domino serers will be aeraged together for each metric. 13. Click the Time tab and specify the Time frame for which you would like to run the report. Additional information: You can either specify a General Time Frame, such as the Last 7 days, or a Specific Time Interal, such as January 1, 2002 through January 31, Click the Schedule tab and select whether the report should be run when the data mart is built. 15. Click OK. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino data marts and reports This product proides the ABA Messaging and Collaboration Data Mart. This data mart uses the following star schemas: Daily Domino Addin Task Star Schema Daily Domino Agent Star Schema Daily Domino Calendar Star Schema Daily Domino Communications Star Schema Daily Domino Database Pool Star Schema Daily Domino Database Star Schema Daily Domino Disk Star Schema Daily Domino ICM Star Schema Daily Domino IMAP Star Schema Daily Domino Internet Port Star Schema Daily Domino LDAP Star Schema Daily Domino Mail Star Schema Daily Domino Mail Transfer Agent Star Schema Daily Domino NETBIOS Star Schema Daily Domino Netware Disk Star Schema Daily Domino News Protocol Star Schema Daily Domino Performance Station Star Schema Daily Domino POP3 Star Schema Daily Domino Remote Serer Star Schema Daily Domino Replica Star Schema Daily Domino Serer Star Schema Daily Domino SMTP Star Schema Daily Domino SMTPMTA Star Schema Daily Domino SPIN Star Schema Daily Domino Web Retrieer Star Schema Daily Domino XPC Star Schema 244 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

265 Hourly Domino Addin Task Star Schema Hourly Domino Agent Star Schema Hourly Domino Calendar Star Schema Hourly Domino Communications Star Schema Hourly Domino Database Pool Star Schema Hourly Domino Database Star Schema Hourly Domino Disk Star Schema Hourly Domino ICM Star Schema Hourly Domino IMAP Star Schema Hourly Domino Internet Port Star Schema Hourly Domino LDAP Star Schema Hourly Domino Mail Star Schema Hourly Domino Mail Transfer Agent Star Schema Hourly Domino NETBIOS Star Schema Hourly Domino Netware Disk Star Schema Hourly Domino News Protocol Star Schema Hourly Domino Performance Station Star Schema Hourly Domino POP3 Star Schema Hourly Domino Remote Serer Star Schema Hourly Domino Replica Star Schema Hourly Domino Serer Star Schema Hourly Domino SMTP Star Schema Hourly Domino SMTPMTA Star Schema Hourly Domino SPIN Star Schema Hourly Domino Web Retrieer Star Schema Hourly Domino XPC Star Schema Monthly Domino Addin Task Star Schema Monthly Domino Agent Star Schema Monthly Domino Calendar Star Schema Monthly Domino Communications Star Schema Monthly Domino Database Pool Star Schema Monthly Domino Database Star Schema Monthly Domino Disk Star schema Monthly Domino ICM Star Schema Monthly Domino IMAP Star Schema Monthly Domino Internet Port Star Schema Monthly Domino LDAP Star Schema Monthly Domino Mail Star Schema Monthly Domino Mail Transfer Agent Star Schema Monthly Domino NETBIOS Star Schema Monthly Domino Netware Disk Star Schema Monthly Domino News Protocol Star Schema Monthly Domino Performance Station Star Schema Monthly Domino POP3 Star Schema Monthly Domino Remote Serer Star Schema Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 245

266 Monthly Domino Replica Star Schema Monthly Domino Serer Star Schema Monthly Domino SMTP Star Schema Monthly Domino SMTPMTA Star Schema Monthly Domino SPIN Star Schema Monthly Domino Web Retrieer Star Schema Monthly Domino XPC Star Schema Weekly Domino Addin Task Star Schema Weekly Domino Agent Star Schema Weekly Domino Calendar Star Schema Weekly Domino Communications Star Schema Weekly Domino Database Pool Star Schema Weekly Domino Database Star Schema Weekly Domino Disk Star schema Weekly Domino ICM Star Schema Weekly Domino IMAP Star Schema Weekly Domino Internet Port Star Schema Weekly Domino LDAP Star Schema Weekly Domino Mail Star Schema Weekly Domino Mail Transfer Agent Star Schema Weekly Domino NETBIOS Star Schema Weekly Domino Netware Disk Star Schema Weekly Domino News Protocol Star Schema Weekly Domino Performance Station Star Schema Weekly Domino POP3 Star Schema Weekly Domino Remote Serer Star Schema Weekly Domino Replica Star Schema Weekly Domino Serer Star Schema Weekly Domino SMTP Star Schema Weekly Domino SMTPMTA Star Schema Weekly Domino SPIN Star Schema Weekly Domino Web Retrieer Star Schema Weekly Domino XPC Star Schema This data mart proides the following prepackaged reports: Bottom Serers By Aailability This summary report ranks the serers by the serer aailability alue from the last 7 days aerage. Calendar Entry This report shows the daily aerage alues for the DPSCalendarEntry probe. The results are for the last 30 days. Database Access This report shows the daily aerage alues for the DPSDatabaseAccess probe. The results are shown oer the last 30 days. Domino Serer Usage: Sessions Dropped 246 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

267 This report shows daily aerage number of sessions dropped by Domino Serers for the last 7 days. Mail Aerage Statistics This report shows the mail aerage statistics for all the Domino serers. Mail Dead This report shows the daily aerage for the MAIL.Dead statistic with all the serers for the 7 last days. Mail Waiting This report shows the daily aerage alues for the Mail Waiting statistic for the last 7 days. NAB Search This report shows the daily aerage alues for the DPSNABSearch probe. The results are for the last 30 days. Net Echo This report shows the daily aerage alue for the DPSNetEcho probe. The results shown are for the last 30 days. Replicate Local This report shows the daily aerage alues for the DPSReplicateLocal probe for each serer. Round Trip Mail This report shows the daily aerage alues for DPSRoundTripMail probe for each serer. Web Access This report shows the daily aerage alue for the DPSWebAccess probe. The results are shown for the last 30 days. The following table lists the Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports that are proided with this product, the resource models that must be run to create those reports, and the metrics for the reports. For more information on how to create these resource models see the Creating custom resource models using the IBM Tioli Monitoring Workbench chapter in the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide Table 19. Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse reports to resource model mapping Report name Resource model name Report metric name Bottom Serers by Aailability DominoSererAailability DominoSererAailabilityUp Calendar Entry DMXDPSCalendarEntry DPSCalendarEntry Database Access DMXDPSDatabaseAccess DPSDatabaseAccess Mail Aerage Statistics DominoMailStatisticsMonitor MAIL.Dead, Mail.Waiting, Mail.Deliered Mail Dead DominoMailStatisticMonitor MAIL.Dead Mail Waiting DominoMailStatisticsMonitor MAIL.Waiting NAB Search DMXDPSNABSearch DPSNABSearch Net Echo DMXDPSNetEcho DPSNetEcho Replicate Local DMXDPSReplicateLocal DPSReplicateLocal Round Trip Mail DMXDPSRoundTripMail DPSRoundTripMail Web Access DMXDPSWebAccess DPSWebAccess Chapter 11. Enabling Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse 247

268 248 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

269 Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is an application that backs up and restores Lotus Domino databases, templates, and transaction log files. When archie logging is used on the Domino serer, it archies transaction log files and retriees them as required for a database recoery. Database backups and archied transaction log files are stored on a Tioli Storage Manager serer. Most of the functions of Tioli Data Protection are integrated into IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration. The following features are not supported and must be performed from Tioli Data Protection: Scheduling Restoring a single archied transaction log file Specifying a different destination or file name for restores Actiating and applying archied transactions to a single database Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino must be installed and configured on eery serer whose databases you plan to back up. Table 20 proides a list of the goals you can achiee using the procedures in this chapter. The table also tells where to locate information about the procedures for each goal. Table 20. Goals and where to find procedures for backing up and restoring databases Goal Where to find procedures Configure the product for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino. Perform a backup of Domino databases and template files on a Domino serer. Restore and actiate backed-up Domino databases. Bring restored databases on line for use by the Domino serer. Back up and archie transaction log files for the specified Domino serer. View all archied transaction log files for the specified Domino serer to determine whether archied transactions are aailable for a specific interal. Inactiate transaction log files that are not required by actie databases. Configuring Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino on page 249 Backing up Domino databases on page 252 Restoring Domino databases on page 254 Actiating Domino databases on page 256 Archiing transaction log files on page 258 Viewing archied transaction log files on page 260 Inactiating transaction log files on page 262 Configuring Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino Objectie To configure this product to work with Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino. Copyright IBM Corp

270 Background information The most important aspect of configuring the product for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is to ensure that Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino itself is correctly configured on the Domino serer computer. Be sure that the domdsmc program, included with Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino, is correctly configured and that you can run it from a command line at the Domino serer. Note: If the domdsmc program is not running correctly, you cannot back up and restore databases on a Domino serer. This procedure describes how to test domdsmc and then configure the Domino serer correctly. See the documentation for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for information on installing that product correctly. This procedure describes how to access the Tioli user interface in which you can set the following configuration attributes for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino. These settings enable the domdsmc program: Table 21. Descriptions of configuration attributes for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino Name Description TDP Program Directory TSM API Directory TDP Configuration File TDP Options File TDP User TDP Password The directory where Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is installed. The alue for this directory corresponds to the DOMI_DIR enironment ariable on UNIX. On Windows the default path is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\domino. The directory where the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino API files are installed. The alue for this directory corresponds to the DSMI_DIR enironment ariable on UNIX. On Windows, the default path is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\api. The name of the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino configuration file, relatie to the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino directory (unless you specify the full path and name). The default file is domdsm.cfg. The alue for this corresponds to the DSMI_DIR enironment ariable on UNIX. On Windows, the default path is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\api. The name of the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino options file, relatie to the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino directory. The default file is dsm.opt. If you enter only the name dsm.opt, the product looks for the file in the tdpprogramdirectory. You can also enter a full pathname for the file. The name of the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino user. This name corresponds to the nodename that was set in the dsm.sys file during the configuration of Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino. The password of the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino user which permits you to run domdsmc, and is stored in encrypted format in the LotusDominoSerer object. Required authorization role Domino_TDP_Admin Before you begin Configure the Domino serer as described in Locating a Domino serer and creating a Domino Serer object on page 35. You use the procedure below when you hae new or updated information to add the original serer configuration settings that you made. In the Tioli command line interface, you can enter the settings for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino only while you create a 250 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

271 Domino serer object. To update those settings you must use the Tioli desktop or the Management Console, as described in this procedure. Confirm that Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is correctly installed: 1. Log in as the notes user on the Domino serer you want to test. 2. Run the following command: domdsmc query adsmserer 3. Respond to the password prompt. 4. Respond to the result as appropriate: If the command is successful, begin to configure Domino serers as described in this procedure. OR If the command displays an error message, domdsmc is not responding. Check whether Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino is correctly installed as described in the documentation for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino. Be sure to consult the Read Me files for that product. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the Tioli desktop or the Management Console. Desktop: 1. Naigate to the policy region that contains the Domino serer that you want to modify. 2. Double-click the Messaging and Collaboration policy region icon or the policy region icon for the region to which you are adding a Domino serer. The Policy Region window is displayed. 3. Double click the serer icon to display the Properties dialog box. 4. Click and drag a corner of the dialog box to expand the iew. All configuration attributes are displayed. 5. Enter new or missing alues the for settings described in Background information on page Click OK. Management Console: 1. Click the Configuration tab to access the configuration iew of the Management Console. 2. Click the Domino serer you want to modify in the tree iew. 3. Click Edit in the toolbar. The Edit dialog box is displayed. 4. Click the Backup tab to display the configuration attributes for Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino. 5. Enter new or missing alues the for settings described in Background information on page Click Sae. Note: This step saes your settings. You must continue this procedure to complete the configuration of the serer. Serers that are not configured as serer objects in this product hae the letter U (for Unconfigured) in the Status column of their row in the Management Console. Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases 251

272 7. Click Configure in the toolbar. The Configure dialog box is displayed. 8. Click the name of the serer you are configuring. 9. Click Execute to apply your settings. Backing up Domino databases Objectie To perform a backup either incremental or selectie of Domino databases and template files on a Domino serer. Background information Two types of backup are supported: Incremental backups, which perform a full backup of the specified databases that meet at least one of the following conditions: The database is within the Domino data path or symbolically linked to the Domino data path by directory or database links. If the database has archie logging enabled, the Database Instance Identifier (DBIID) has changed. (See your Domino serer documentation for more information on the DBIID and when it can change.) If the database is not logged, it was modified since the last backup occurred (data and non-data modification dates are checked). The database is new or newly included in the backup. Selectie backups, which unconditionally back up the specified databases. The type of backup you choose depends on your site s requirements, such as the size of your Domino installation and the amount of network traffic. See the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for Windows NT Installation and User s Guide or the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for UNIX Installation and User s Guide for information on backup strategy and timing. Required authorization role Domino_TDP_Admin Before you begin Tioli Data Protection must be installed and configured on eery serer whose databases you plan to back up. See the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for Windows NT Installation and User s Guide or the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for UNIX Installation and User s Guide for more information on this topic. When you finish You can restore the backed up database, if necessary, as described in Restoring Domino databases on page 254. You can actiate the backed up database, if necessary, as described in Actiating Domino databases on page 256. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to back up Domino databases: wtmdincrementalbackup command to perform an incremental backup. wtmdselectiebackup command to perform a selectie backup. 252 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

273 wtmdquerybackup command to obtain a list of all database template (.ntf) and database (.nsf) files on the specified serer. wruntask command with the following tasks: Incremental Backup Selectie Backup Query Backup See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information about these commands. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Incremental Backup Selectie Backup Query Backup See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for these tasks. Management Console: Use the following procedure to back up Domino database (.nsf) files and template (.ntf) files: 1. Click the Backup and Restore tab. 2. From the Backup and Restore tab, click the Backup tab to display the Backup pane. Note: The left side of this pane lists all Domino serers that are running the appropriate ersion of Tioli Data Protection for Domino. These serer icons do not display serer status. 3. Click a serer name in the serer list to display a list of all the databases and template files on the serer. 4. Click the Options tab on the right side of the Backup pane to display the backup options. Figure 107. Backup and Restore tab Backup subtab Options (Management Console) 5. Use the Show menu from the Options tab to filter the listing to display only databases, only templates, or both. 6. Select the check box in the database listing next to each database and template file that you want to back up. 7. Select a backup type (Selectie or Incremental) fromtheoptions tab. 8. Click Backup to display the Backup window. 9. Click Execute from the Backup window to start the backup. Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases 253

274 Restoring Domino databases When the backup completes, status messages similar to the following appear in the Backup window. In this example, the database file admin4.nsf and the template file admin4.ntf are backed up successfully: Starting Domino database backup... Initializing Domino connection... Querying Domino for a list of databases, please wait... Logging on to the Tioli Storage Manager serer, please wait... Backing up database admin4.nsf, 1 of 2. Full: 3 Read: Written: 0 Rate: 0.00 Kb/Sec Full: 0 Read: Written: Rate: Kb/Sec Backup of admin4.nsf completed successfully. Backing up database admin4.ntf, 2 of 2. Full: 0 Read: Written: Rate: Kb/Sec Full: 0 Read: Written: Rate: Kb/Sec Backup of admin4.ntf completed successfully. Total Domino databases inspected: 2 Total Domino databases backed up: 2 Total Domino databases excluded: 0 Throughput rate: Kb/Sec Total bytes transferred: 1,579,008 Elapsed processing time: 3.26 Secs Objectie To restore and actiate Domino databases that you hae backed up. If you need to apply transaction log files, restoring and actiating is a two-part process: 1. Restore the database using the Restore option as described in this procedure. 2. Apply the transaction log files and actiate the database using the Actiate option as described in Actiating Domino databases on page 256. Background information Domino databases might need to be restored after a deice failure or if a database is corrupted. You can restore Domino databases by reloading a database backup and optionally applying updates (from the transaction logs) that occurred after the backup was taken. When you restore a database, keep in mind that data in the database is oerwritten and replaced by the data in the backup ersion. A Domino database recoery can inole restoring seeral transaction log files in addition to the database backup file. The function to restore database files is separate from the function to apply updates from the transaction log. This enables database file restores to be performed separately, although transaction log processing for all restored databases is performed at the same time. This approach aoids restoring the same transaction log files multiple times. Required authorization role Domino_TDP_Admin Before you begin None. 254 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

275 When you finish If necessary, apply transaction log files and actiate the database as described in Actiating Domino databases on page 256. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands for restoring Domino databases: wtmdrestoredbs command to perform a restore. wtmdqueryrestore command returns a list of all backed-up database ersions for the specified Domino serer. wruntask command with the following tasks: Restore Databases Query Restore See the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for more information about these commands. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Restore Databases Query Restore See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for these tasks. Management Console: 1. Click the Backup and Restore tab. 2. Click the Restore tab from the Start Resource Modelto display the Restore pane. 3. Select a serer from the serer list to display a list of all the backup files stored on the Tioli Storage Manager serer for the serer you selected. 4. Select the check box next to each file in the listing of backup files that you want to restore. 5. Click the Options tab on the right side of the Backup pane and select one or more of the following options: Select Actiate to bring restored databases on line for use by the Domino serer. Select this option if you are not going to apply transaction log files. Select Replace existing files to cause the backup file to oerwrite the existing file. If you do not select this option, the restore fails and displays a message stating that the file already exists. Select Point in Time to restore the most recent backup ersion prior to the time that you specify. Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases 255

276 Figure 108. Backup and Restore tab Restore subtab Options (Management Console) 6. Click Restore to display the Restore window. 7. Click Execute from the Restore window to start the restore. When the restore completes, status messages similar to the following appear in the Restore window. In this example, the database backup admin4.ntf is being restored and is oerwriting the current ersion of the database. The database is not being actiated. Starting Domino database restore... Initializing Domino connection... Logging on to the Tioli Storage Manager serer, please wait... Querying Tioli Storage Manager serer for a list of database backups, please wait... Restoring database admin4.ntf, 1 of 1, to /tioli/tools/lotus/notesr4/admin4.ntf.dad Full: 0 Read: Written: Rate: Kb/Sec Full: 0 Read: Written: Rate: Kb/Sec Restore of admin4.ntf completed successfully. Total database backups inspected: 1 Total database backups requested for restore: 1 Total database backups restored: 1 Total database actiated: 0 Throughput rate: Kb/Sec Total bytes transferred: 647,168 Elapsed processing time: 1.04 Secs Actiating Domino databases Objectie To bring restored databases on line for use by the Domino serer. You can optionally apply transactions from the transaction log files to update the database. Background information This is the second part of the two-part Restore and Actiate procedure. Restoring Domino databases on page 254 describes the first part of the procedure. This function restores transactions from all transaction log files. For information on restoring transactions from a single transaction log file, see the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for Windows NT Installation and User s Guide or the Tioli Data Protection for Lotus Domino for UNIX Installation and User s Guide. You can iew a list of all transaction log files with the date and time they were created as described in Viewing archied transaction log files on page IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

277 Required authorization role Domino_TDP_Admin Before you begin You should hae already restored the databases as described in Restoring Domino databases on page 254. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands when actiating Domino databases: wtmdactiatedbs command to actiate a database and to optionally apply updates from a transaction log file wtmdqueryactiate command returns a list of databases that were restored but were not yet actiated on the specified serer wruntask command with the following tasks: Actiate Databases Query Actiate For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following tasks in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Query Actiate Query Backup See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for these tasks. Management Console: Use the following procedure to actiate all databases that were restored and optionally apply updates from a transaction log file. You do not hae the option to actiate a single database within a group of restored databases: 1. Click the Backup and Restore tab. 2. Click the Actiate tab from the Backup and Restore tab to display the Actiate pane. 3. Select a serer from the serer list. 4. Select the check box in the listing of backup files next to each file that you want to actiate. 5. Click the Options tab on the right side of the Backup pane and choose one or both of the following options: Select Apply Logs to apply transactions from the transaction log files to update the database. Select Point in Time to apply transactions up to the point in time that you specify. Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases 257

278 Figure 109. Backup and Restore tab Actiate subtab Options (Management Console) 6. Click Actiate to display the Actiate window. 7. Click Execute from the Actiate window. When actiation completes, status messages similar to the following appear in the Actiate window: wtmdactiatedbs Tiger SUCCESS Starting Domino database actiation... Initializing Domino connection... Logging on to the Tioli Storage Manager serer, please wait... Actiating database alog4.ntf, 1 of 3, Actiate of alog4.ntf completed successfully. Actiating database billing.ntf, 2 of 3, Actiate of billing.ntf completed successfully. Actiating database busytime.ntf, 3 of 3, Actiate of busytime.ntf completed successfully. Total pending databases inspected: 3 Total pending databases requested for actiation: 3 Total pending databases actiated: 3 Archiing transaction log files Objectie To back up and archie transaction log files for the specified Domino serer. Background information Transaction log files capture changes to databases between full backups. They are stored on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Changes to a database that occur after the last full backup can be applied from the transaction log files after you restore the backup. To work with Tioli Data Protection, you must use archie logging, which is a transaction logging method based on files that are created as needed. These files cannot be oerwritten until they are archied. IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration can write data to transactions logs only for databases that hae archie logging in effect. In contrast to archie logging, circular logging is a transaction logging method based on a fixed amount of disk space. If the disk space you allocate for transaction logs is filled, the application oerwrites the oldest transactions. This method is not alid for use with Tioli Data Protection. If the Domino 258 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

279 administrator actiates circular logging or disables logging on a Domino serer, IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration cannot write data to a transaction log for a database on that serer. Required authorization role Domino_TDP_Admin Before you begin Enable archie logging on the Domino serer. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to archie transaction log files: wtmdarchietranslog command wruntask command with the Archie Transactional Log task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Archie Transactional Log. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. Management Console: 1. Click the Backup and Restore tab. 2. Click Tools to display the Tools drop-down menu. 3. Click Transaction Logs from the Tools menu. 4. Click Archie Logs from the Transaction Logs menu to display the Archie Logs window. Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases 259

280 Figure 110. Archie Logs dialog box (Management Console) 5. Select a serer from the Archie Logs window and click Execute. When archiing completes, status messages similar to the following appear in the Archie Logs window. The following example shows a successful backup of the log file S TXN. Starting Domino transaction log archie... Initializing Domino connection... Logging on to the Tioli Storage Manager serer, please wait... Backing up archielog file /data/lotus/notesr4/log/s txn Full: 0 Read: Written: Rate: Kb/Sec Backup of /data/lotus/notesr4/log/s txn completed successfully. Total Domino transaction log files ready for archie: 1 Total Domino transaction log files archied: 1 Throughput rate: Kb/Sec Total bytes transferred: Elapsed processing time: Secs Viewing archied transaction log files Objectie To display a list of all archied transaction log files for the specified Domino serer. The listing includes the date and time each file was created. You can use this information to determine whether archied transactions are aailable for a specific interal. Background information See Archiing transaction log files on page 258 for an oeriew of transaction log files. Required authorization role Domino_TDP_User 260 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino: User s Guide

281 Before you begin Run the archie transaction log command. When you finish None. Procedure You can perform this procedure from the command line, the Tioli desktop, or the Management Console. Command line: Use the following commands to list archied transaction log files: wtmdquerytranslog command wruntask command with the Query Transaction Log task For more information, see the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide. Desktop: Run the following task in the task library as described in Running tasks on page 172: Query Transaction Log. See IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Lotus Domino Reference Guide for a description of the desktop options for this task. Management Console: To iew archied transaction log files, perform the following steps: 1. Click the Backup and Restore tab. 2. Click Tools to display the Tools drop-down menu. 3. Click Transaction Logs from the Tools menu. 4. Click View Log Archies from the Transaction Logs menu to display the View Log Archies dialog box. Figure 111. View Log Archies dialog box (Management Console) Chapter 12. Backing up and restoring Domino databases 261

IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Business Integration. User s Guide. Version SC

IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Business Integration. User s Guide. Version SC IBM Tioli Monitoring for Business Integration User s Guide Version 5.1.1 SC32-1403-00 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Business Integration User s Guide Version 5.1.1 SC32-1403-00 Note Before using this information

More information

Installation and Setup Guide

Installation and Setup Guide IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration Installation and Setup Guide Version 5.1.1 GC32-0839-01 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration Installation and Setup Guide Version 5.1.1

More information

IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Databases: DB2. User s Guide. Version SC

IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Databases: DB2. User s Guide. Version SC IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Databases: DB2 User s Guide Version 5.1.0 SC23-4726-00 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Databases: DB2 User s Guide Version 5.1.0 SC23-4726-00 Note Before using this information and

More information

Internet Information Server User s Guide

Internet Information Server User s Guide IBM Tioli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure Internet Information Serer User s Guide Version 5.1.0 SH19-4573-00 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure Internet Information Serer User s Guide Version

More information

iplanetwebserveruser sguide

iplanetwebserveruser sguide IBM Tioli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure iplanetwebsereruser sguide Version 5.1.0 SH19-4574-00 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure iplanetwebsereruser sguide Version 5.1.0 SH19-4574-00 Note

More information

Installation and Setup Guide

Installation and Setup Guide IBM Tioli Monitoring for Business Integration Installation and Setup Guide Version 5.1.1 SC32-1402-00 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Business Integration Installation and Setup Guide Version 5.1.1 SC32-1402-00

More information

License Administrator s Guide

License Administrator s Guide IBM Tioli License Manager License Administrator s Guide Version 1.1.1 GC23-4833-01 Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information under Notices on page 115. Second

More information

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Catalog Management for z/os

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Catalog Management for z/os Tioli IBM Tioli Adanced Catalog Management for z/os Version 2.2.0 Monitoring Agent User s Guide SC23-9818-00 Tioli IBM Tioli Adanced Catalog Management for z/os Version 2.2.0 Monitoring Agent User s Guide

More information

User s Guide GC

User s Guide GC Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring for Databases: Sybase ASE 5.1.2 User s Guide GC32-9136-00 Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring for Databases: Sybase ASE 5.1.2 User s Guide GC32-9136-00 Note Before using this information

More information

IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console. User s Guide. Version 3.9 SC

IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console. User s Guide. Version 3.9 SC IBM Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide Version 3.9 SC32-1235-00 IBM Tioli Enterprise Console User s Guide Version 3.9 SC32-1235-00 Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read

More information

IBM Director Virtual Machine Manager 1.0 Installation and User s Guide

IBM Director Virtual Machine Manager 1.0 Installation and User s Guide IBM Director 4.20 Virtual Machine Manager 1.0 Installation and User s Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix D, Notices, on page

More information

Installing and Configuring Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse

Installing and Configuring Tivoli Enterprise Data Warehouse Installing and Configuring Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Version 1 Release 1 GC32-0744-00 Installing and Configuring Tioli Enterprise Data Warehouse Version 1 Release 1 GC32-0744-00 Installing and Configuring

More information

Version 8.2 (Revised December 2004) Plus Module User s Guide SC

Version 8.2 (Revised December 2004) Plus Module User s Guide SC Tioli IBM Tioli Workload Scheduler Version 8.2 (Reised December 2004) Plus Module User s Guide SC32-1276-02 Tioli IBM Tioli Workload Scheduler Version 8.2 (Reised December 2004) Plus Module User s Guide

More information

IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure: WebSphere Application Server. User s Guide. Version SC

IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure: WebSphere Application Server. User s Guide. Version SC IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure: WebSphere Application Server User s Guide Version 5.1.1 SC23-4705-01 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Web Infrastructure: WebSphere Application Server User s Guide

More information

WebSphere MQ Configuration Agent User's Guide

WebSphere MQ Configuration Agent User's Guide IBM Tioli Composite Application Manager for Applications Version 7.1 WebSphere MQ Configuration Agent User's Guide SC14-7525-00 IBM Tioli Composite Application Manager for Applications Version 7.1 WebSphere

More information

WebSphere Message Broker Monitoring Agent User's Guide

WebSphere Message Broker Monitoring Agent User's Guide IBM Tioli OMEGAMON XE for Messaging on z/os Version 7.1 WebSphere Message Broker Monitoring Agent User's Guide SC23-7954-03 IBM Tioli OMEGAMON XE for Messaging on z/os Version 7.1 WebSphere Message Broker

More information

Road Map for the Typical Installation Option of IBM Tivoli Monitoring Products, Version 5.1.0

Road Map for the Typical Installation Option of IBM Tivoli Monitoring Products, Version 5.1.0 Road Map for the Typical Installation Option of IBM Tioli Monitoring Products, Version 5.1.0 Objectie Who should use the Typical installation method? To use the Typical installation option to deploy an

More information

IBM Tivoli Configuration Manager for Automated Teller Machines. Release Notes. Version 2.1 SC

IBM Tivoli Configuration Manager for Automated Teller Machines. Release Notes. Version 2.1 SC IBM Tioli Configuration Manager for Automated Teller Machines Release Notes Version 2.1 SC32-1254-00 IBM Tioli Configuration Manager for Automated Teller Machines Release Notes Version 2.1 SC32-1254-00

More information

Monitor Developer s Guide

Monitor Developer s Guide IBM Tioli Priacy Manager for e-business Monitor Deeloper s Guide Version 1.1 SC23-4790-00 IBM Tioli Priacy Manager for e-business Monitor Deeloper s Guide Version 1.1 SC23-4790-00 Note: Before using this

More information

xseries Systems Management IBM Diagnostic Data Capture 1.0 Installation and User s Guide

xseries Systems Management IBM Diagnostic Data Capture 1.0 Installation and User s Guide xseries Systems Management IBM Diagnostic Data Capture 1.0 Installation and User s Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix C, Notices,

More information

Tivoli Business Systems Manager

Tivoli Business Systems Manager Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 3.1 Introducing the Consoles SC32-9086-00 Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 3.1 Introducing the Consoles SC32-9086-00 Note Before using this information and

More information

Problem Determination Guide

Problem Determination Guide IBM Tioli Monitoring for Business Integration Problem Determination Guide 5.1.1 SC32-1404-00 IBM Tioli Monitoring for Business Integration Problem Determination Guide 5.1.1 SC32-1404-00 Note Before using

More information

Tivoli Business Systems Manager

Tivoli Business Systems Manager Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 3.1 Problem and Change Management Integration Guide SC32-9130-00 Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 3.1 Problem and Change Management Integration Guide SC32-9130-00

More information

Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail

Tivoli Storage Manager for Mail Tioli Storage Manager for Mail Version 6.1 Data Protection for Microsoft Exchange Serer Installation and User s Guide SC23-9796-00 Tioli Storage Manager for Mail Version 6.1 Data Protection for Microsoft

More information

IBM Tivoli Monitoring: AIX Premium Agent Version User's Guide SA

IBM Tivoli Monitoring: AIX Premium Agent Version User's Guide SA Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring: AIX Premium Agent Version 6.2.2.1 User's Guide SA23-2237-06 Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring: AIX Premium Agent Version 6.2.2.1 User's Guide SA23-2237-06 Note Before using this information

More information

IBM Tivoli Service Level Advisor. Getting Started. Version 2.1 SC

IBM Tivoli Service Level Advisor. Getting Started. Version 2.1 SC IBM Tioli Serice Leel Adisor Getting Started Version 2.1 SC32-0834-03 IBM Tioli Serice Leel Adisor Getting Started Version 2.1 SC32-0834-03 Fourth Edition (September 2004) This edition applies to Version

More information

Tivoli Identity Manager. End User Guide. Version SC

Tivoli Identity Manager. End User Guide. Version SC Tioli Identity Manager End User Guide Version 4.5.1 SC32-1152-02 Tioli Identity Manager End User Guide Version 4.5.1 SC32-1152-02 NOTE: Before using this information and the product it supports, read

More information

IMS Performance Feature Guide and Reference

IMS Performance Feature Guide and Reference Tioli Decision Support for OS/390 IMS Performance Feature Guide and Reference Version 1.6, December 2003 SH19-6825-07 Tioli Decision Support for OS/390 IMS Performance Feature Guide and Reference Version

More information

IBM Agent Builder Version User's Guide IBM SC

IBM Agent Builder Version User's Guide IBM SC IBM Agent Builder Version 6.3.5 User's Guide IBM SC32-1921-17 IBM Agent Builder Version 6.3.5 User's Guide IBM SC32-1921-17 Note Before you use this information and the product it supports, read the information

More information

User Management Guide

User Management Guide IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Databases: Oracle User Management Guide Version 5.1.0 GC23-4731-00 IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Databases: Oracle User Management Guide Version 5.1.0 GC23-4731-00 Note Before using

More information

Version Resource Model Reference Guide SH

Version Resource Model Reference Guide SH Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring Version 5.1.2 Resource Model Reference Guide SH19-4570-03 Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring Version 5.1.2 Resource Model Reference Guide SH19-4570-03 te Before using this information

More information

Tivoli Decision Support for OS/390. Administration Guide. Version 1.6, December 2003 SH

Tivoli Decision Support for OS/390. Administration Guide. Version 1.6, December 2003 SH Tioli Decision Support for OS/390 Administration Guide Version 1.6, December 2003 SH19-6816-08 Tioli Decision Support for OS/390 Administration Guide Version 1.6, December 2003 SH19-6816-08 Note Before

More information

IBM Tivoli Service Level Advisor. SLM Reports. Version 2.1 SC

IBM Tivoli Service Level Advisor. SLM Reports. Version 2.1 SC IBM Tioli Serice Leel Adisor SLM Reports Version 2.1 SC32-1248-00 IBM Tioli Serice Leel Adisor SLM Reports Version 2.1 SC32-1248-00 Fourth Edition (September 2004) This edition applies to Version 2.1

More information

IBM i Version 7.2. Security Service Tools IBM

IBM i Version 7.2. Security Service Tools IBM IBM i Version 7.2 Security Serice Tools IBM IBM i Version 7.2 Security Serice Tools IBM Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Notices on page 37. This

More information

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Catalog Management for z/os

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Catalog Management for z/os Tioli IBM Tioli Adanced Catalog Management for z/os Version 2.2.0 Monitoring Agent Planning and Configuration Guide SC23-9820-00 Tioli IBM Tioli Adanced Catalog Management for z/os Version 2.2.0 Monitoring

More information

IBM. RSE for z/os User's Guide. IBM Explorer for z/os. Version 3 Release 1 SC

IBM. RSE for z/os User's Guide. IBM Explorer for z/os. Version 3 Release 1 SC IBM Explorer for z/os IBM RSE for z/os User's Guide Version 3 Release 1 SC27-8433-03 IBM Explorer for z/os IBM RSE for z/os User's Guide Version 3 Release 1 SC27-8433-03 Note Before using this information,

More information

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Microsoft Exchange Server

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Microsoft Exchange Server Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration: Microsoft Exchange Serer Version 5.1.2 Problem Determination Guide SC32-9113-00 Tioli IBM Tioli Monitoring for Messaging and Collaboration:

More information

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Audit for DFSMShsm

Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Audit for DFSMShsm Tioli IBM Tioli Adanced Audit for DFSMShsm Version 2.2.0 Monitoring Agent Planning and Configuration Guide SC27-2348-00 Tioli IBM Tioli Adanced Audit for DFSMShsm Version 2.2.0 Monitoring Agent Planning

More information

IBM. Client Configuration Guide. IBM Explorer for z/os. Version 3 Release 1 SC

IBM. Client Configuration Guide. IBM Explorer for z/os. Version 3 Release 1 SC IBM Explorer for z/os IBM Client Configuration Guide Version 3 Release 1 SC27-8435-01 IBM Explorer for z/os IBM Client Configuration Guide Version 3 Release 1 SC27-8435-01 Note Before using this information,

More information

Tivoli Tivoli Provisioning Manager

Tivoli Tivoli Provisioning Manager Tioli Tioli Proisioning Manager Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Linux on Intel and Linux on iseries GC32-1616-00 Tioli Tioli Proisioning Manager Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Linux on Intel and

More information

Data Protection for Microsoft SQL Server Installation and User's Guide

Data Protection for Microsoft SQL Server Installation and User's Guide IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Databases Version 6.4 Data Protection for Microsoft SQL Serer Installation and User's Guide GC27-4010-01 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Databases Version 6.4 Data Protection

More information

Tivoli Tivoli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator

Tivoli Tivoli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Tioli Tioli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Windows GC32-1604-00 Tioli Tioli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Windows GC32-1604-00

More information

Tivoli Storage Manager for Enterprise Resource Planning

Tivoli Storage Manager for Enterprise Resource Planning Tioli Storage Manager for Enterprise Resource Planning Version 6.1 Data Protection for SAP Installation and User s Guide for Oracle SC33-6340-10 Tioli Storage Manager for Enterprise Resource Planning

More information

IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0. Upgrade Guide SC

IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0. Upgrade Guide SC IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0 Upgrade Guide SC23-6503-02 IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0 Upgrade Guide SC23-6503-02 Note Before using this information and the product

More information

IBM Tivoli Privacy Manager for e-business. Installation Guide. Version 1.1 SC

IBM Tivoli Privacy Manager for e-business. Installation Guide. Version 1.1 SC IBM Tioli Priacy Manager for e-business Installation Guide Version 1.1 SC23-4791-00 IBM Tioli Priacy Manager for e-business Installation Guide Version 1.1 SC23-4791-00 Note: Before using this information

More information

IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Windows Version Tivoli Monitoring for Tivoli Storage Manager

IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Windows Version Tivoli Monitoring for Tivoli Storage Manager IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows Version 7.1.0 Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows Version 7.1.0 Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Note: Before

More information

IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1. Glossary SC

IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1. Glossary SC IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1 Glossary SC27-2800-00 IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1 Glossary SC27-2800-00 March 2012 This edition applies to ersion

More information

Programmer s Guide. Version 7 SC

Programmer s Guide. Version 7 SC NetView for UNIX Programmer s Guide Version 7 SC31-8897-00 Tioli NetView for UNIX Programmer s Guide Copyright Notice Copyright IBM Corporation 2001. All rights resered. May only be used pursuant to a

More information

IBM Tivoli Access Manager for WebSphere Application Server. User s Guide. Version 4.1 SC

IBM Tivoli Access Manager for WebSphere Application Server. User s Guide. Version 4.1 SC IBM Tioli Access Manager for WebSphere Application Serer User s Guide Version 4.1 SC32-1136-01 IBM Tioli Access Manager for WebSphere Application Serer User s Guide Version 4.1 SC32-1136-01 Note Before

More information

Tivoli Tivoli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator

Tivoli Tivoli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Tioli Tioli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Unix GC32-1605-00 Tioli Tioli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Unix GC32-1605-00

More information

Web Security Developer Reference

Web Security Developer Reference IBM Tioli Access Manager for e-business Web Security Deeloper Reference Version 5.1 SC32-1358-00 IBM Tioli Access Manager for e-business Web Security Deeloper Reference Version 5.1 SC32-1358-00 Note Before

More information

System i and System p. Capacity on Demand

System i and System p. Capacity on Demand System i and System p Capacity on Demand System i and System p Capacity on Demand Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Notices on page 65 and the IBM

More information

IBM InfoSphere Information Server Integration Guide for IBM InfoSphere DataStage Pack for SAP BW

IBM InfoSphere Information Server Integration Guide for IBM InfoSphere DataStage Pack for SAP BW IBM InfoSphere Information Serer Version 11 Release 3 IBM InfoSphere Information Serer Integration Guide for IBM InfoSphere DataStage Pack for SAP BW SC19-4314-00 IBM InfoSphere Information Serer Version

More information

IBM System Migration Assistant 4.2. User s Guide

IBM System Migration Assistant 4.2. User s Guide IBM System Migration Assistant 4.2 User s Guide IBM System Migration Assistant 4.2 User s Guide Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix

More information

Tivoli Tivoli Provisioning Manager

Tivoli Tivoli Provisioning Manager Tioli Tioli Proisioning Manager Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Unix GC32-1615-00 Tioli Tioli Proisioning Manager Version 2.1 Installation Guide for Unix GC32-1615-00 Note: Before using this information

More information

WebSEAL Installation Guide

WebSEAL Installation Guide IBM Tioli Access Manager WebSEAL Installation Guide Version 4.1 SC32-1133-01 IBM Tioli Access Manager WebSEAL Installation Guide Version 4.1 SC32-1133-01 Note Before using this information and the product

More information

Tivoli Monitoring: Windows OS Agent

Tivoli Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Tioli Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Version 6.2.2 User s Guide SC32-9445-03 Tioli Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Version 6.2.2 User s Guide SC32-9445-03 Note Before using this information and the product

More information

IBM Tivoli Service Level Advisor. Troubleshooting. Version 2.1 SC

IBM Tivoli Service Level Advisor. Troubleshooting. Version 2.1 SC IBM Tioli Serice Leel Adisor Troubleshooting Version 2.1 SC32-1249-00 First Edition (September 2004) This edition applies to Version 2.1 of IBM Tioli Serice Leel Adisor (program number 5724 C40) and to

More information

Managing Server Installation and Customization Guide

Managing Server Installation and Customization Guide IBM Tioli Composite Application Manager for Application Diagnostics Version 7.1.0.4 Managing Serer Installation and Customization Guide SC27-2825-00 IBM Tioli Composite Application Manager for Application

More information

Deployment Overview Guide

Deployment Overview Guide IBM Security Priileged Identity Manager Version 1.0 Deployment Oeriew Guide SC27-4382-00 IBM Security Priileged Identity Manager Version 1.0 Deployment Oeriew Guide SC27-4382-00 Note Before using this

More information

Tivoli Business Systems Manager

Tivoli Business Systems Manager Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 3.1 Installation and Configuration Guide SC32-9089-00 Tioli Business Systems Manager Version 3.1 Installation and Configuration Guide SC32-9089-00 Note Before using

More information

Troubleshooting Guide

Troubleshooting Guide Tioli Access Manager for e-business Version 6.1.1 Troubleshooting Guide GC27-2717-00 Tioli Access Manager for e-business Version 6.1.1 Troubleshooting Guide GC27-2717-00 Note Before using this information

More information

Extended Search Administration

Extended Search Administration IBM Extended Search Extended Search Administration Version 3 Release 7 SC27-1404-00 IBM Extended Search Extended Search Administration Version 3 Release 7 SC27-1404-00 Note! Before using this information

More information

Web Services Security Management Guide

Web Services Security Management Guide IBM Tioli Federated Identity Manager Version 6.2.2 Web Serices Security Management Guide GC32-0169-04 IBM Tioli Federated Identity Manager Version 6.2.2 Web Serices Security Management Guide GC32-0169-04

More information

Data Protection for Microsoft Exchange Server Installation and User s Guide

Data Protection for Microsoft Exchange Server Installation and User s Guide IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Mail 5.1.5 Data Protection for Microsoft Exchange Serer Installation and User s Guide SC32-9058-00 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Mail 5.1.5 Data Protection for Microsoft

More information

Version Monitoring Agent User s Guide SC

Version Monitoring Agent User s Guide SC Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Catalog Management for z/os Version 02.01.00 Monitoring Agent User s Guide SC23-7974-00 Tivoli IBM Tivoli Advanced Catalog Management for z/os Version 02.01.00 Monitoring Agent

More information

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation and Configuration Guide IBM Tioli Directory Serer Installation and Configuration Guide Version 6.2 SC23-9939-00 IBM Tioli Directory Serer Installation and Configuration Guide Version 6.2 SC23-9939-00 Note Before using this information

More information

Tivoli System Automation Application Manager

Tivoli System Automation Application Manager Tioli System Automation Application Manager Version 3.1 Installation and Configuration Guide SC33-8420-01 Tioli System Automation Application Manager Version 3.1 Installation and Configuration Guide SC33-8420-01

More information

IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Databases Version 7.1. Data Protection for Oracle for UNIX and Linux Installation and User's Guide

IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Databases Version 7.1. Data Protection for Oracle for UNIX and Linux Installation and User's Guide IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Databases Version 7.1 Data Protection for Oracle for UNIX and Linux Installation and User's Guide IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Databases Version 7.1 Data Protection for

More information

IBM. Basic system operations. System i. Version 6 Release 1

IBM. Basic system operations. System i. Version 6 Release 1 IBM System i Basic system operations Version 6 Release 1 IBM System i Basic system operations Version 6 Release 1 Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in

More information

IBM Operational Decision Manager Version 8 Release 5. Installation Guide

IBM Operational Decision Manager Version 8 Release 5. Installation Guide IBM Operational Decision Manager Version 8 Release 5 Installation Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Notices on page 51. This edition applies

More information

Tivoli Security Compliance Manager

Tivoli Security Compliance Manager Tioli Security Compliance Manager Version 5.1 Collector Deelopment Guide SC32-1595-00 Tioli Security Compliance Manager Version 5.1 Collector Deelopment Guide SC32-1595-00 Note Before using this information

More information

Tivoli Management Solution for Domino. Installation and Setup Guide. Version GC

Tivoli Management Solution for Domino. Installation and Setup Guide. Version GC Tivoli Management Solution for Domino Installation and Setup Guide Version 3.2.0 GC32-0755-00 Tivoli Management Solution for Domino Installation and Setup Guide Version 3.2.0 GC32-0755-00 Tivoli Management

More information

IBM Cognos Dynamic Query Analyzer Version Installation and Configuration Guide IBM

IBM Cognos Dynamic Query Analyzer Version Installation and Configuration Guide IBM IBM Cognos Dynamic Query Analyzer Version 11.0.0 Installation and Configuration Guide IBM Product Information This document applies to IBM Cognos Analytics ersion 11.0.0 and may also apply to subsequent

More information

IBM Monitoring Agent for OpenStack Version User's Guide IBM SC

IBM Monitoring Agent for OpenStack Version User's Guide IBM SC IBM Monitoring Agent for OpenStack Version 7.5.0.1 User's Guide IBM SC27-6586-01 IBM Monitoring Agent for OpenStack Version 7.5.0.1 User's Guide IBM SC27-6586-01 Note Before using this information and

More information

Data Protection for IBM Domino for UNIX and Linux

Data Protection for IBM Domino for UNIX and Linux IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Mail Version 7.1 Data Protection for IBM Domino for UNIX and Linux Installation and User's Guide IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Mail Version 7.1 Data Protection for IBM Domino

More information

IBM i Version 7.2. Connecting to IBM i IBM i Access for Web IBM

IBM i Version 7.2. Connecting to IBM i IBM i Access for Web IBM IBM i Version 7.2 Connecting to IBM i IBM i Access for Web IBM IBM i Version 7.2 Connecting to IBM i IBM i Access for Web IBM Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information

More information

IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0. Installation Guide GC

IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0. Installation Guide GC IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0 Installation Guide GC23-6502-02 IBM Security Access Manager for Web Version 7.0 Installation Guide GC23-6502-02 Note Before using this information and the

More information

Administration Java Classes Developer Reference

Administration Java Classes Developer Reference IBM Tioli Access Manager for e-business Administration Jaa Classes Deeloper Reference Version 5.1 SC32-1356-00 IBM Tioli Access Manager for e-business Administration Jaa Classes Deeloper Reference Version

More information

IBM Tivoli Access Manager for Linux on zseries. Installation Guide. Version 3.9 GC

IBM Tivoli Access Manager for Linux on zseries. Installation Guide. Version 3.9 GC IBM Tioli Access Manager for Linux on zseries Installation Guide Version 3.9 GC23-4796-00 IBM Tioli Access Manager for Linux on zseries Installation Guide Version 3.9 GC23-4796-00 Note Before using this

More information

Administrator s Guide

Administrator s Guide Tioli NetView for UNIX Administrator s Guide Version 7 1. 4 SC32-1246-00 Tioli NetView for UNIX Administrator s Guide Version 7 1. 4 SC32-1246-00 Note Before using this information and the product it

More information

IBM Unica Distributed Marketing Version 8 Release 6 May 25, Field Marketer's Guide

IBM Unica Distributed Marketing Version 8 Release 6 May 25, Field Marketer's Guide IBM Unica Distributed Marketing Version 8 Release 6 May 25, 2012 Field Marketer's Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Notices on page 83. This

More information

Administrator s Guide

Administrator s Guide NetView for UNIX Administrator s Guide Version 7 SC31-8892-00 Tioli NetView for UNIX Administrator s Guide Copyright Notice Copyright IBM Corporation 2001. All rights resered. May only be used pursuant

More information

IBM System Migration Assistant 4.1. User s Guide SC90-P288-70

IBM System Migration Assistant 4.1. User s Guide SC90-P288-70 IBM System Migration Assistant 4.1 User s Guide SC90-P288-70 Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in Appendix D, Notices, on page 81. Third Edition

More information

User s Guide for PeopleSoft Access Method

User s Guide for PeopleSoft Access Method IBM Tioli Workload Scheduler for Applications User s Guide for PeopleSoft Access Method Version 8.1.1 (Maintenance Release Noember 2003) SH19-8502-01 IBM Tioli Workload Scheduler for Applications User

More information

Tivoli Tivoli Provisioning Manager

Tivoli Tivoli Provisioning Manager Tioli Tioli Proisioning Manager Version 2.1 Migration Guide for Windows GC32-1618-00 Tioli Tioli Proisioning Manager Version 2.1 Migration Guide for Windows GC32-1618-00 Note: Before using this information

More information

ImageUltra Builder Version 2.0. User Guide

ImageUltra Builder Version 2.0. User Guide ImageUltra Builder Version 2.0 User Guide ImageUltra Builder Version 2.0 User Guide Note Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to read Appendix A, Notices, on page 153. Fifth

More information

Registration Authority Desktop Guide

Registration Authority Desktop Guide IBM SecureWay Trust Authority Registration Authority Desktop Guide Version 3 Release 1.1 SH09-4530-01 IBM SecureWay Trust Authority Registration Authority Desktop Guide Version 3 Release 1.1 SH09-4530-01

More information

IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Virtual Environments Version Data Protection for VMware Installation Guide IBM

IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Virtual Environments Version Data Protection for VMware Installation Guide IBM IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Virtual Enironments Version 7.1.6 Data Protection for VMware Installation Guide IBM IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Virtual Enironments Version 7.1.6 Data Protection for VMware

More information

Tivoli Tivoli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator

Tivoli Tivoli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Tioli Tioli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Version 2.1 Migration Guide for Windows GC32-1608-00 Tioli Tioli Intelligent ThinkDynamic Orchestrator Version 2.1 Migration Guide for Windows GC32-1608-00

More information

IBM Tivoli Access Manager forweblogicserver. User s Guide. Version 3.9 GC

IBM Tivoli Access Manager forweblogicserver. User s Guide. Version 3.9 GC IBM Tioli Access Manager forweblogicserer User s Guide Version 3.9 GC32-0851-00 IBM Tioli Access Manager forweblogicserer User s Guide Version 3.9 GC32-0851-00 Note Before using this information and the

More information

High Availability Guide for Distributed Systems

High Availability Guide for Distributed Systems IBM Tioli Monitoring Version 6.2.3 Fix Pack 1 High Aailability Guide for Distributed Systems SC23-9768-03 IBM Tioli Monitoring Version 6.2.3 Fix Pack 1 High Aailability Guide for Distributed Systems SC23-9768-03

More information

Installation and Configuration Guide

Installation and Configuration Guide IBM Tioli Directory Serer Installation and Configuration Guide Version 6.3 SC27-2747-00 IBM Tioli Directory Serer Installation and Configuration Guide Version 6.3 SC27-2747-00 Note Before using this information

More information

Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide

Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide Tioli Management Framework Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide Version 4.1.1 GC32-0807-01 Tioli Management Framework Maintenance and Troubleshooting Guide Version 4.1.1 GC32-0807-01 Note Before using

More information

Planning Volume 2, Control Workstation and Software Environment

Planning Volume 2, Control Workstation and Software Environment RS/6000 SP Planning Volume 2, Control Workstation and Software Enironment GA22-7281-06 RS/6000 SP Planning Volume 2, Control Workstation and Software Enironment GA22-7281-06 Note! Before using this information

More information

Administrator s Guide

Administrator s Guide IBM Tioli Risk Manager Administrator s Guide Version 4.2 GC32-1323-00 IBM Tioli Risk Manager Administrator s Guide Version 4.2 GC32-1323-00 Note: Before using this information and the product it supports,

More information

Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Version Fix Pack 2 (Revised May 2010) User s Guide SC

Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Version Fix Pack 2 (Revised May 2010) User s Guide SC Tioli Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Version 6.2.2 Fix Pack 2 (Reised May 2010) User s Guide SC32-9445-03 Tioli Monitoring: Windows OS Agent Version 6.2.2 Fix Pack 2 (Reised May 2010) User s Guide SC32-9445-03

More information

IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1. Planning Guide SC

IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1. Planning Guide SC IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1 Planning Guide SC22-5407-03 IBM Security Role and Policy Modeler Version 1 Release 1 Planning Guide SC22-5407-03 October 2012 This edition applies

More information

IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Microsoft Applications: Microsoft Exchange Server Agent Fix Pack 13.

IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Microsoft Applications: Microsoft Exchange Server Agent Fix Pack 13. IBM Tioli Composite Application Manager for Microsoft Applications: Microsoft Exchange Serer Agent 6.3.1 Fix Pack 13 Reference IBM IBM Tioli Composite Application Manager for Microsoft Applications: Microsoft

More information

Upward Integration Modules Installation Guide

Upward Integration Modules Installation Guide IBM Director 4.1 Upward Integration Modules Installation Guide SC01-R051-20 IBM Director 4.1 Upward Integration Modules Installation Guide SC01-R051-20 Note: Before using this information and the product

More information